0>>>>123-12-94 ओम शान्ति अव्यक्त बापदादामधुबन23-12-94 ōm śhānti avyakt bāpadādāmadhuban23-12-94 ōm śhānti avyakt[adj.] x23-12-94 Om peace avyakt x
0> > 23-12-94 Om Shanti Avyakt Bapdada Madhuban
2अपने तीन स्वरूप सदा स्मृति में रहें - 1 संगमयुगी ब्राह्मण , 2 ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता और 3 फरिश्ता सो देवताapnē tīn svarūp sadā smr̥iti mē̃ rahē̃ - 1 saṅgamyugī brāhmaṇ , 2 brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā aur 3 phariśhtā sō dēvtāapnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tīn[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[opt.pl.12hon3] - 1 saṅgamyugī[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , 2 brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur 3 phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.]one’s own x form constantly awareness in remain[opt.pl.12hon3] - 1 x Brahmin , 2 Brahmin (sleep[root]|x) angel and 3 angel (sleep[root]|x) deity
1CONSTANTLY KEEP YOUR THREE FORMS IN YOUR AWARENESS: 21) CONFLUENCE AGED BRAHMIN, 32) A BRAHMIN WHO IS TO BECOME AN ANGEL, 43) AN ANGEL WHO IS TO BECOME A DEITY.
3आज बापदादा चारों ओर के बच्चों के तीन रूप देख रहे हैं . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr kē|K bachchō̃ kē|K tīn rūp dēkh rahē haĩ . āj bāpdādā chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] rūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . today BapDada everywhere (of|K) child (of|K) x Rup see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
5Today, BapDada is seeing the three forms of the children in all four directions.
4सबसे श्रेष्ठ स्वरूप है ब्राह्मण और ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता और फरिश्ता सो देवता . sabsē śhrēṣhṭh svarūp hai brāhmaṇ aur brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā aur phariśhtā sō dēvtā . sabsē śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . the most elevated form be[pres.sg.23] Brahmin and Brahmin (sleep[root]|x) angel and angel (sleep[root]|x) deity . 5ब्राह्मण स्वरूप , फरिश्ता स्वरूप और देवता स्वरूप . brāhmaṇ svarūp , phariśhtā svarūp aur dēvtā svarūp . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Brahmin form , angel form and deity form .
6The most elevated form is that of a Brahmin and then a Brahmin who is to become an angel, and then an angel who is to become a deity; the Brahmin form, the angelic form and the deity form.
6ब्राह्मण स्वरूप की विशेषता सर्व शक्तियों सम्पन्न स्वरूप की है . brāhmaṇ svarūp kī|key viśhēṣhtā sarv śhaktiyō̃ sampann svarūp kī hai . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] sampann[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . Brahmin form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality all Shakti full form do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
7The speciality of the Brahmin form is of being complete with all the powers, because to be a Brahmin means to be a conqueror of Maya.
7क्योंकि ब्राह्मण अर्थात् मायाजीत . kyōṅki brāhmaṇ arthāt māyājīt . kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt māyājīt[adj.] . because Brahmin that is x . 8तो सर्व शक्ति सम्पन्न बनना ही मायाजीत बनना है . tō sarv śhakti sampann bannā hī māyājīt bannā hai . tō sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sampann[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] māyājīt[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . then all Shakti full become[inf.m.sg.d.] only x become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
8So, in order to become a conqueror of Maya, you have to become complete with all powers. 9This is what it means to become a conqueror of Maya.
9पहला स्वरूप ब्राह्मण-स्वयं को देखो कि ब्राह्मण स्वरूप की विशेषता ( सर्व शक्तियाँ ) धारण हुई हैं ? pahlā svarūp brāhmaṇ-svayã kō dēkhō ki brāhmaṇ svarūp kī|key viśhēṣhtā ( sarv śhaktiyā̃ ) dhāraṇ huī haĩ ? pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kō[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] ( sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] ) dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ? x form x to see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Brahmin form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality ( all Shakti ) adopting be[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] ?
10The first form is of a Brahmin. 11Check yourself and see whether you have imbibed all the powers, which, as you were just told, is the speciality of the Brahmin form.
10सर्व शक्तियाँ हैं वा कोई कोई शक्ति है ? sarv śhaktiyā̃ haĩ vā kōī kōī śhakti hai ? sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vā kōī[pn.;d.] kōī[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? all Shakti be[pres.pl.12hon3] or some some Shakti be[pres.sg.23] ?
12Do you have all the powers? 13Or do you only have some powers?
11अगर एक शक्ति भी कमज़ोर है वा कम है तो ब्राह्मण स्वरूप के बदले बार बार क्षत्रिय अर्थात् युद्ध करने वाले बन जाते हैं . agar ēk śhakti bhī kamzōr hai vā cum|kam hai tō brāhmaṇ svarūp kē badlē bār bār kṣhatriya arthāt yuddha karnē vālē ban jātē haĩ . agar ēk[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kē badlē[x] bār[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . if one Shakti too weak be[pres.sg.23] or (x|less) be[pres.sg.23] then Brahmin form instead of time time x that is battle do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
14If you are weak in even one power, or you are lacking one power, then again and again, instead of having the Brahmin form, you become the warrior, that is, one who is constantly battling.
12क्षत्रिय का कर्तव्य है युद्ध करना और ब्राह्मण का कर्तव्य है - सदा और सहज मायाजीत बनना . kṣhatriya kā kartavya hai yuddha karnā aur brāhmaṇ kā kartavya hai - sadā aur sahaj māyājīt bannā . kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kartavya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] - sadā aur sahaj[adj.] māyājīt[adj.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . x of activity be[pres.sg.23] battle do[inf.m.sg.d.] and Brahmin of activity be[pres.sg.23] - constantly and easy x become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
15The duty of a warrior is to battle and the duty of a Brahmin is to constantly and easily be a conqueror of Maya.
13ब्राह्मण अर्थात् विजयी . brāhmaṇ arthāt vijayī . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt vijayī[adj.] . Brahmin that is victorious . 14सदा सर्व शक्तियाँ अर्थात् सर्वशस्त्रोंसे सम्पन्न हैं . sadā sarv śhaktiyā̃ arthāt sarvaśastrō̃sē sampann haĩ . sadā sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] arthāt x sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . constantly all Shakti that is x full be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
16A Brahmin means to be victorious, because you are constantly complete with all powers, that is, complete with all weapons.
15और क्षत्रिय अर्थात् कभी विजयी और कभी हार खाने वाले . aur kṣhatriya arthāt kabhī vijayī aur kabhī hār khānē vālē . aur kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt kabhī[adv.] vijayī[adj.] aur kabhī[adv.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] khānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|khānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . and x that is ever victorious and ever (x|x[root]) (eat[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.]|eat[inf.m.pl.,o.]) those who . 16क्योंकि शक्तियाँ मिलते हुए भी धारण नहीं कर सकते इसलिये समय और परिस्थिति प्रमाण सदा विजयी नहीं बन सकते . kyōṅki śhaktiyā̃ miltē huē bhī dhāraṇ nahī̃ kar saktē isliyē samay aur paristhiti pramāṇ sadā vijayī nahī̃ ban saktē . kyōṅki śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] dhāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] isliē samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā vijayī[adj.] nahī̃[neg] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . because Shakti receive[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] too adopting not do[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] therefore time and circumstances (under) constantly victorious not (x|become[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
17And a warrior means one who is sometimes victorious and sometimes defeated, because even though he receives the powers, he is not able to imbibe them. 18This is why he is not constantly able to be victorious according to the time and the circumstances.
17ब्राह्मण स्वरूप अर्थात् सदा ताज , तख्त और तिलकधारी . brāhmaṇ svarūp arthāt sadā tāj , takht aur tilakdhārī . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sadā tāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] , takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur tilakdhārī[adj.] . Brahmin form that is constantly crown , throne and x . 18विश्व कल्याण कीजिम्मेदारी के ताजधारी , सदा स्वतः स्मृति के तिलकधारी , सदा बाप के दिलतख्तनशीन . viśhva kalyāṇ kījimmēdārī kē|K tājdhārī , sadā svataḥ smr̥iti kē|K tilakdhārī , sadā bāp kē|K diltakhtanaśhīn . viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] kalyāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] x kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tājdhārī[adj.] , sadā svataḥ smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tilakdhārī[adj.] , sadā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K diltakhtanaśhīn[adj.] . world benefit x (of|K) crowned , constantly automatically awareness (of|K) x , constantly father (of|K) seated on the heart throne .
19A Brahmin form means one who constantly has a crown, a tilak and is seated on the throne; one who has the crown of the responsibility of world benefit; one who constantly and naturally has the tilak of awareness; one who is constantly seated on Baba's heartthrone.
19क्षत्रिय एकरस , अचल , अडोल न होने के कारण कभी अचल , कभी हलचल , कभी अधिकारी और कभी बाप से शक्ति मांगने वाले रॉयल भिखारी . kṣhatriya ēkras , achal , aḍōl na hōnē kē|K kāraṇ kabhī achal , kabhī halchal , kabhī adhikārī aur kabhī bāp sē śhakti māṅgnē vālē royal bhikhārī . kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēkras[adj.] , achal , aḍōl[adj.] na[neg] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kabhī[adv.] achal , kabhī[adv.] halchal[x] , kabhī[adv.] adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur kabhī[adv.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mā̃gnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] royal bhikhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] . x constant and stable , unshakeable , unshakeable not be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because ever unshakeable , ever upheaval , ever (one) who has a right and ever father from Shakti ask[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who royal beggar .
20Because a warrior is not constant, unshakeable and immovable, he is sometimes unshakeable and sometimes there is fluctuation; sometimes he has all rights and sometimes he is a royal beggar who asks Baba for the powers.
20ब्राह्मण अर्थात् सदा अलौकिक मौज के जीवन में रहने वाले . brāhmaṇ arthāt sadā alaukik mauj kē|K jīvan mē̃ rahnē vālē . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sadā alaukik[adj.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . Brahmin that is constantly alokik pleasure (of|K) life in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
21A Brahmin means one who constantly lives a life of alokik pleasure.
21सदा रूहानी सीरत और सूरत वाले . sadā rūhānī sīrat aur sūrat vālē . sadā rūhānī[adj.] sīrat[n.f.;sg.] aur sūrat[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . constantly spiritual x and x those who .
22A Brahmin is one who constantly has a spiritual face and character.
22क्षत्रिय अर्थात् कभी ऐसे , कभी कैसे . kṣhatriya arthāt kabhī aisē , kabhī kaisē . kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt kabhī[adv.] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , kabhī[adv.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . x that is ever such , ever how .
23A warrior means sometimes like this and sometimes like that.
23तो अपने से पूछो मैं कौन ? tō apnē sē pūchhō maĩ kaun ? tō apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] ? then one’s own from ask[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] I who ?
24So ask yourself: Who am I?
24कभी ब्राह्मण , कभी क्षत्रिय या सदा ब्राह्मण जीवन की विशेषताओं से सम्पन्न हैं ? kabhī brāhmaṇ , kabhī kṣhatriya yā sadā brāhmaṇ jīvan kī|key viśhēṣhatāō̃ sē sampann haĩ ? kabhī[adv.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kabhī[adv.] kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā sadā brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ever Brahmin , ever x or constantly Brahmin life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality from full be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
25Am I sometimes a Brahmin and sometimes a warrior, or am I constantly complete with all the specialities of Brahmin life?
25लक्ष्य ब्राह्मण जीवन का है लेकिन कभी ब्राह्मण , कभी क्षत्रिय-ऐसे लक्षण तो नहीं हैं ? lakṣhya brāhmaṇ jīvan kā hai lēkin kabhī brāhmaṇ , kabhī kṣatriy-aisē lakṣhaṇ tō nahī̃ haĩ ? lakṣhya[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin kabhī[adv.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kabhī[adv.] x lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? aim Brahmin life of be[pres.sg.23] but ever Brahmin , ever x qualification then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
26You have the aim of a Brahmin life, but you do not have the qualifications of sometimes being a Brahmin and sometimes a warrior, do you?
26लक्ष्य और लक्षण समान हैं वा अन्तर है ? lakṣhya aur lakṣhaṇ samān haĩ vā antar hai ? lakṣhya[adj.] aur lakṣhaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vā antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? aim and qualification equal be[pres.pl.12hon3] or difference be[pres.sg.23] ?
27Are your aim and qualifications the same or is there a difference?
27बोल और कर्म समान हैं वा अन्तर है ? bōl aur karma samān haĩ vā antar hai ? bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] samān[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] vā antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? (x|speak[root]) and deed equal be[pres.pl.12hon3] or difference be[pres.sg.23] ?
28Are you words and actions the same or is there a difference?
28सभी ब्रह्माकुमार ब्रह्माकुमारी कहलाते हो ना ? sabhī brahmākumār brahmākumārī kahlātē hō nā ? sab[adv.hī] brahmākumār[n.m.;sg.,d.] brahmākumārī[x] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? all Brahma Kumar Brahma Kumari call[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
29You are all called Brahma Kumars and Kumaris, are you not? 30Or, are you called the warriors?
29कि क्षत्रिय कहलाते हो ? ki kṣhatriya kahlātē hō ? ki[conj.] kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kahlānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? that x call[pres.pl.m.2] ?
31You are not called this, are you?
30चन्द्रवंशी कहलाना भी पसन्द नहीं करते ना ? chandravanśhī kahlānā bhī pasand nahī̃ kartē nā ? chandravanśhī[adj.] kahlānā[inf.m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nā ? those of the moon dynasty call[inf.m.sg.d.] too love not do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ∅ ?
32You do not even like to be called the moon dynasty.
31कोई कहे आप चन्द्रवंशी हैं तो पसन्द आयेगा ? kōī kahē āp chandravanśhī haĩ tō pasand āyēgā ? kōī[pn.;d.] kahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|kahnā[opt.sg.23] āp[pn.pl.] chandravanśhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō pasand[n.f.;sg.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? some (say[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|say[opt.sg.23]) you those of the moon dynasty be[pres.pl.12hon3] then love come[fut.m.sg.23] ? 32नहीं . nahī̃ . nahī̃[neg] . not .
33If someone were to call you the moon dynasty, would you like it?
33और कर्म क्या है ? aur karma kyā hai ? aur karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and deed what be[pres.sg.23] ?
34You would not, would you?
34जिस समय युद्ध में लगे हुए हो उस समय का फोटो अपना निकालो . jis samay yuddha mē̃ lagē huē hō us samay kā phōṭō apnā nikālō . jis samay[x] yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|lagnā[opt.sg.23]|lagā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2] vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . x battle in (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]|x) be[pres-perf.pl.m.2] that time of photograph (adopt[root]|one’s own) x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
35And, what about your actions? 36Take a picture of yourself when you are engaged in battling.
35फोटो निकालने का शौक बहुत होता है ना ? phōṭō nikālnē kā śhauk bahut hōtā hai nā ? photo nikālnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhauk[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? photograph x[inf.m.pl.,o.] of interest very be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
37You have a keen interest in taking pictures, do you not?
36तो अपना फोटो निकालना आता है या दूसरों का फोटो निकालना आता है ? tō apnā phōṭō nikālnā ātā hai yā dūsrō̃ kā phōṭō nikālnā ātā hai ? tō apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] yā dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then (adopt[root]|one’s own) photograph x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] or other of photograph x[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ? 37तो अपना फोटो निकालो कि मैं कौन हूँ ? tō apnā phōṭō nikālō ki maĩ kaun hū̃ ? tō apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] photo nikālnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? then (adopt[root]|one’s own) photograph x[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that I who be[pres.sg.1] ?
38You take pictures whilst walking along. 39Do you know how to take your own picture or do you know how to take the pictures of others?
38अगर फोटो भी कोई का अच्छा नहीं निकलता है तो पसन्द नहीं करते हो ना ? agar phōṭō bhī kōī kā achchhā nahī̃ nikaltā hai tō pasand nahī̃ kartē hō nā ? agar photo bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] nikalnā[pres.sg.m.23] tō pasand[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? if photograph too some of achcha not be extracted[pres.sg.m.23] then love not do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
40So take your own picture of who you are. 41What do you do when someone's picture is not good?
39तो सारे दिन में वा कितने बारी समय प्रति समय ब्राह्मण के बजाय क्षत्रिय बन जाते हैं-ये चेक करो और चेक करके चेंज करो . tō sārē din mē̃ vā kitnē bārī samay prati samay brāhmaṇ kē|K bajāy kṣhatriya ban jātē haĩ-yē check karō aur check karkē change karō . tō sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] vā kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] prati samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] aur check karnā[abs.] change karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then the whole day in or so x time for time Brahmin (of|K) x x (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] and check do[abs.] change do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
42Do you carefully keep it? 43You do not like it, do you? 44Throughout the entire day, how many times do you become a warrior instead of being a Brahmin?
40सिर्फ चेक नहीं करना . sirph check nahī̃ karnā . sirph[adj.] check nahī̃[neg] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . only check not do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
45Check this and then, afterwards, change it.
41चेक किया जाता है चेंज करने के लिये . check kiyā jātā hai change karnē kē|K liyē . check karnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|karnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] change karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . check (do[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|do[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) change do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
46You must not just check, but you check in order to change.
42तो सभी के पास परिवर्तन शक्ति है ? tō sabhī kē pās parivartan śhakti hai ? tō sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] parivartan śhakti[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? then all to x be[pres.sg.23] ?
47Do all of you have the power of transformation?
43कि कोई के पास नहीं है ? ki kōī kē pās nahī̃ hai ? ki[conj.] kōī[pn.;d.] kē pās[x] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that some to not be[pres.sg.23] ?
48Or, do some of you not have it?
44ये तो बहुत अच्छी खुशी की बात है कि सभी के पास है . yē tō bahut achchhī khuśhī kī|key bāt hai ki sabhī kē pās hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] tō bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key bāt[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] sab[adv.hī] kē pās[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this then very achcha happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) matter be[pres.sg.23] that all to be[pres.sg.23] .
49Achcha, it is good that everyone has this power. 50There isn't anyone here who does not have this power, is there?
45अब समय पर काम में लगाना आती है या कभी नहीं भी लगती है ? ab samay par kām mē̃ lagānā ātī hai yā kabhī nahī̃ bhī lagtī hai ? ab[adv.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] yā kabhī[adv.] nahī̃[neg] bhī[p.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? now time (at|other) (task|lust) in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.f.23] or ever not too x[pres.sg.f.23] ?
51All of you have said "yes" to this. 52It is a matter of great happiness.
46क्योंकि शक्ति है तो समय पर काम आवे . kyōṅki śhakti hai tō samay par kām āvē . kyōṅki śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] . because Shakti be[pres.sg.23] then time (at|other) (task|lust) come[opt.sg.23] .
53Now, do you know how to use it at the time of need or are you not able to use it then?
47दुश्मन है ही नहीं और शस्त्रबहुत बढ़िया हैं मेरे पास और जब दुश्मन आवे तो शस्त्र काम में ही नहीं आवे-क्या उसको शक्तिशाली कहेंगे ? duśhman hai hī nahī̃ aur śastrabahut baṛhiyā haĩ mērē pās|pass aur jab duśhman āvē tō śhastra kām mē̃ hī nahī̃ āvē-kyā uskō śhaktiśhālī kahē̃gē ? duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] aur x baṛhiyā[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] pās|pass aur jab duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.sg.23] tō śhastra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] nahī̃[neg] x vah[pn.sg.kō] śhaktiśhālī[adj.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? enemy be[pres.sg.23] only not and x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] I[.kē] (x|pass) and when enemy come[opt.sg.23] then weapon (task|lust) in only not x that[.kō] powerful say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
54Because if you have the power, it should be useful at the time of need. 55When there are no enemies, you have many good weapons, and when the enemies come, your weapons are of no use.
48सिर्फ ये चेक नहीं करो कि शक्ति है लेकिन कर्म में समय प्रमाण जो शक्ति चाहिये वही शक्ति कार्य में लगाना आता है ? sirph yē check nahī̃ karō ki śhakti hai lēkin karma mē̃ samay pramāṇ jō śhakti chāhiyē vahī śhakti kārya mē̃ lagānā ātā hai ? sirph[adj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] check nahī̃[neg] karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] pramāṇ|pramāṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jō[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] chāhiē vahī śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? only this check not do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Shakti be[pres.sg.23] but deed in time (under) that Shakti should this Shakti task in attach[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
56Would you call that being powerful? 57So, do not just check whether you have the powers, but check whether you know how to use the power that you need for a particular action according to the time.
49कि दुश्मन वार कर देता , पीछे शक्ति याद आती है ? ki duśhman vār|war kar dētā , pīchhē śhakti yād ātī hai ? ki[conj.] duśhman[n.m.;sg.,d.] vār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|war karnā[root] dēnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , pīchhē śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] ? that enemy (x|war) do[root] give[pres-part.m.sg.d.] , x Shakti remembrance come[pres.sg.f.23] ?
58Or, do you remember the power after the enemy has attacked you?
50तो ब्राह्मण जीवन की विशेषताओं को चेक करो . tō brāhmaṇ jīvan kī|key viśhēṣhatāō̃ kō check karō . tō brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . then Brahmin life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
59So check the specialities of Brahmin life.
51ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता बनेगा . brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā banēgā . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[fut.m.sg.23] . Brahmin (sleep[root]|x) angel become[fut.m.sg.23] . 52क्षत्रिय सो फरिश्ता नहीं . kṣhatriya sō phariśhtā nahī̃ . kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . x (sleep[root]|x) angel not .
60A Brahmin will become an angel; a warrior will not become an angel; a Brahmin will become an angel.
53दूसरा स्वरूप है फरिश्ता . dūsrā svarūp hai phariśhtā . dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . other form be[pres.sg.23] angel .
61The second form is that of an angel.
54सभी को फरिश्ता बनना ही है ना ? sabhī kō phariśhtā bannā hī hai nā ? sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? all to angel become[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
62All of you have to become an angel, do you not?
55कि फरिश्ता बनना मुश्किल है ? ki phariśhtā bannā muśhkil hai ? ki[conj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] muśhkil[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that angel become[inf.m.sg.d.] difficult be[pres.sg.23] ?
63Or is it difficult to become an angel?
56सहज है या मुश्किल ? sahaj hai yā muśhkil ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā muśhkil[adj.] ? easy be[pres.sg.23] or difficult ?
64Is it easy or difficult to become an angel?
57या कभी मुश्किल , कभी सहज ? yā kabhī muśhkil , kabhī sahaj ? yā kabhī[adv.] muśhkil[adj.] , kabhī[adv.] sahaj[adj.] ? or ever difficult , ever easy ?
65Or is it sometimes difficult and sometimes easy?
58तो फरिश्ता स्वरूप की विशेषता सभी जानते भी हो कि फरिश्ता अर्थात् डबल लाइट ? tō phariśhtā svarūp kī|key viśhēṣhtā sabhī jāntē bhī hō ki phariśhtā arthāt double light ? tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sab[adv.hī] jānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt double light[x] ? then angel form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality all know[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that angel that is double-light ?
66All of you know the speciality of the angelic form: an angel means one who is doublelight. 67You know this, do you not?
59तो डबल लाइट हैं ? tō double light haĩ ? tō double light[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then double-light be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
68So are you doublelight?
60कि कभी बोझ उठाने को दिल करती और उठा लेते हो ? ki kabhī bōjh uṭhānē kō dil kartī aur uṭhā lētē hō ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kō[postp.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.f.] aur uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ? that ever burden uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] to heart do[pres-part.f.] and uplift[pres.pl.m.2.root+lēnā] ?
69Or do you sometimes have a desire to carry a burden and so you carry it?
61वा उठाने नहीं चाहते हो लेकिन माया सिर पर टोकरी रख देती है ? vā uṭhānē nahī̃ chāhtē hō lēkin māyā sir par ṭōkrī rakh dētī hai ? vā uṭhānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] chāhnā[pres.pl.m.2] lēkin māyā[n.f.;sg.] sir[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] ṭōkrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] rakhnā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] ? or uplift[inf.m.pl.,o.] not x[pres.pl.m.2] but Maya x (at|other) basket keep[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] ?
70Or, is it that you do not wish to carry the burden, but Maya places the basketload on your head?
62माया अपनी आर्टीफिशियल टेम्पररी शक्ति ऐसी दिखाती है जो मजबूरी से भी बोझ उठाना न चाहते भी उठा लेते हैं . māyā apnī artificial ṭēmpararī śhakti aisī dikhātī hai jō majbūrī sē bhī bōjh uṭhānā na chāhtē bhī uṭhā lētē haĩ . māyā[n.f.;sg.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] artificial x śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dikhānā[pres.sg.f.23] jō[pn.;d.] majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] uṭhānā[inf.m.sg.d.] na[neg] chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] uṭhānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] . Maya one’s own artificial x Shakti such x[pres.sg.f.23] that x from too burden uplift[inf.m.sg.d.] not x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too uplift[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+lēnā] .
71Maya shows her artificial and temporary power in such a way that even though you do not wish to carry a burden, you still carry it out of compulsion, because you are weak. 72Anyone who is weak is always dependent on others.
63क्योंकि कमज़ोर होने के कारण कमज़ोर सदा पर अधीन होता है . kyōṅki kamzōr hōnē kē|K kāraṇ kamzōr sadā par adhīn hōtā hai . kyōṅki kamjōr[adj.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] kamjōr[adj.] sadā par[postp.]|par[adj.] adhīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . because weak be[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because weak constantly (at|other) dependent be[pres.sg.m.23] .
73So Maya also makes you dependent. 74You forget that you have all rights and instead you become dependent.
64तो माया भी अधीन बना देती है . tō māyā bhī adhīn banā dētī hai . tō māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] adhīn[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . then Maya too dependent (become[pres.sg.f.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā]) .
75And what is your language at that time?
65अधिकारीपन भूल जाता है और अधीन बन जाते . adhikārīpan bhūl jātā hai aur adhīn ban jātē . adhikārīpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] aur adhīn[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . x x[pres.sg.m.23] and dependent (x|become[root]) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
76"I did not wish it, but I don't know how it happened".
66उस समय भाषा क्या होती है ? us samay bhāṣhā kyā hōtī hai ? vah[pn.sg.o.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] ? that time language what be[pres.sg.f.23] ?
77You say "I don't know" in every aspect.
67चाहते तो नहीं हैं लेकिन पता नहीं … . chāhtē tō nahī̃ haĩ lēkin patā nahī̃ … . chāhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] … . x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then not be[pres.pl.12hon3] but knowledge not … . 68हर बात में पता नहीं , पता नहीं कहते रहेंगे . har|her bāt mē̃ patā nahī̃ , patā nahī̃ kahtē rahē̃gē . har|harnā[root]|her bāt[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . (x|x[root]) matter in knowledge not , knowledge not say[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
78To be one who has all rights means to be constantly free, and to be dependent means to be under the influence of others.
69अधिकारी अर्थात् सदा स्वतन्त्र और अधीन अर्थात् सदा परवश . adhikārī arthāt sadā svatantr aur adhīn arthāt sadā parvaśh . adhikārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sadā svatantr[adj.] aur adhīn[adj.] arthāt sadā parvaśh[adj.] . (one) who has a right that is constantly free and dependent that is constantly under an influence .
79So one who is under another influence can never have a life of pleasure.
70तो परवश कभी भी मौज की जीवन में नहीं रह सकते . tō parvaśh kabhī bhī mauj kī|key jīvan mē̃ nahī̃ rah saktē . tō parvaśh[adj.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nahī̃[neg] rahnā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] . then under an influence ever too pleasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life in not remain[root] can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] .
80And you were told about Brahmins, that a Brahmin means one who has a life of pleasure.
71ब्राह्मण अर्थात् मौज की जीवन . brāhmaṇ arthāt mauj kī|key jīvan . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt mauj[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . Brahmin that is pleasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life . 72अगर कोई भी समय मौज के बजाय मूँझते हो-ये क्या है , ये कैसा है , क्या यही होता है … तो ये मौज नहीं , ये मूँझने की जीवन है . agar kōī bhī samay mauj kē|K bajāy mū̃jhtē|mūnjhtē hō-yē kyā hai , yē kaisā hai , kyā yahī hōtā hai … tō yē mauj nahī̃ , yē mūnjhnē kī|key jīvan hai . agar kōī bhī[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|mūnjhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] x kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.pl.d.] kaisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kyā yahī[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] … tō yah[pn.pl.d.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , yah[pn.pl.d.] mūnjhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . if anyone time pleasure (of|K) x (be confused[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]) x what be[pres.sg.23] , this how be[pres.sg.23] , what this be[pres.sg.m.23] … then this pleasure not , this be confused[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) life be[pres.sg.23] .
81If, at any time, instead of experiencing pleasure, you become confused such as: "What is this, how is this, why is this, is this what is going to happen?", then this is not pleasure, this is a life of confusion.
73अगर कोई भी समय मौज की कमी अनुभव करते हो तो फिर से ये पाठ पहला याद करो कि मैं कौन हूँ ? agar kōī bhī samay mauj kī|key kamī anubhav kartē hō tō phir sē yē pāṭh pahlā yād karō ki maĩ kaun hū̃ ? agar kōī bhī[x] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] mauj[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō phir sē[x] yah[pn.pl.d.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? if anyone time pleasure (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x experience do[pres.pl.m.2] then again this lesson x remember that I who be[pres.sg.1] ?
82If, at any time, you experience a lack of pleasure, then remember the first lesson of "Who am I?" 83I am not just a soul, but what type of soul?
74सिर्फ आत्मा नहीं लेकिन कौन सी आत्मा हूँ ? sirph ātmā nahī̃ lēkin kaun see|sī|C ātmā hū̃ ? sirph[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C ātmā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] ? only soul not but who (see|x) soul be[pres.sg.1] ? 75इसके कितने जवाब आयेंगे ? iskē kitnē javāb āyēṅgē ? yah[pn.sg.kē] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] javāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? this[.kē] so x come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
84How many replies would there be to the question: What type of soul am I?
76लम्बी लिस्ट है ना ! lambī list hai nā ! lambā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] list hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! x list be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
85It is a long list, is it not?
77रोज की मुरली में मैं कौन का भिन्नभिन्न पाठ पढ़ते रहते हो , सुनते रहते हो . rōj kī|key murlī mē̃ maĩ kaun kā bhinnbhinn pāṭh paṛhtē rahtē hō , suntē rahtē hō . rōz karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key murlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] maĩ[pn.sg.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhinn[adj.] pāṭh[n.m.;sg.,d.] paṛhnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , sunnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . day (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) flute in I who of different lesson study[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] , listen[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
86How long is the list of "Who am I?" 87You study and hear of many different lessons of "Who am I?" in the murli every day.
78तो फरिश्ता अर्थात् डबल लाइट . tō phariśhtā arthāt double light . tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt double light[x] . then angel that is double-light .
88So to be an angel means to be doublelight.
79लाइट अर्थात् हल्कापन . light arthāt halkāpan . light arthāt halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] . light that is lightness .
89To be light means to experience lightness.
80हल्कापन का अर्थ है सिर्फ परिस्थिति के समय हल्का नहीं लेकिन सारे दिन में स्वभाव , संस्कार , सम्बन्ध , सम्पर्क में लाइट रहे ? halkāpan kā arth|earth hai sirph paristhiti kē|K samay halkā nahī̃ lēkin sārē din mē̃ svabhāv , saṅskār , sambandh , samparka mē̃ light rahē ? halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth hōnā[pres.sg.23] sirph[adj.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] lēkin sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] light rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] ? lightness of (meaning|earth) be[pres.sg.23] only circumstances (of|K) time light not but the whole day in nature , sanskar , relationship , x in light (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) ?
90Lightness doesn't just mean being light when any difficulty arises. 91But, throughout the entire day, you have to remain light in your nature, sanskars, relationships and connections.
81वैसे ठीक हैं लेकिन स्वभाव संस्कार में भी अगर हल्कापन नहीं है तो फरिश्ता कहेंगे ? vaisē ṭhīk haĩ lēkin svabhāv saṅskār mē̃ bhī agar halkāpan nahī̃ hai tō phariśhtā kahē̃gē ? vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] agar halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? x OK be[pres.pl.12hon3] but nature sanskar in too if lightness not be[pres.sg.23] then angel say[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
92Generally, you may be all right, but if there isn't any lightness in your nature and sanskars, would you be called an angel?
82और हल्के की निशानी है-हल्कीचीज़ सभी को प्यारी लगती है . aur halkē kī|key niśhānī hai-halkīcīz sabhī kō pyārī lagtī hai . aur halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] x sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] lagnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and light (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign x all to loving x[pres.sg.f.23] .
93And the sign of being light is that anything light is constantly loved by everyone.
83कोई बोझ वाली चीज़ आपको देवे तो पसन्द करेंगे ? kōī bōjh vālī chīz āpkō dēvē tō pasand karē̃gē ? kōī[pn.;d.] bōjh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēnā[opt.sg.23] tō pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? some burden those who thing you[.kō] give[opt.sg.23] then love do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
94Would you like it if someone gave you something heavy?
84और हल्की बढ़िया चीज़ हो तो पसन्द करेंगे ना ? aur halkī baṛhiyā chīz hō tō pasand karē̃gē nā ? aur halkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] baṛhiyā[adj.] chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] tō pasand[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? and light x thing (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) then love do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
95But you would like it if someone gave you something light and beautiful, would you not?
85तो जो स्वभाव , संस्कार , सम्बन्ध , सम्पर्क में हल्का होगा उसकी निशानी-वो सर्व के प्यारे और न्यारे होंगे . tō jō svabhāv , saṅskār , sambandh , samparka mē̃ halkā hōgā uskī niśānī-vō sarv kē|K pyārē aur nyārē hōṅgē . tō jō[pn.;d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] , saṅskār[x] , sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] vah[pn.sg.kī] x sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . then that nature , sanskar , relationship , x in light be[fut.m.sg.23] that[.kī] x all (of|K) loving and unique be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
96The sign of those who are light in their nature, sanskars, relationships and connections is that they will be loving to and detached from everyone, because they have a Brahmin nature, not a different nature.
86क्योंकि ब्राह्मण स्वभाव है , अलग स्वभाव नहीं . kyōṅki brāhmaṇ svabhāv hai , alag svabhāv nahī̃ . kyōṅki brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , alag[adj.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] . because Brahmin nature be[pres.sg.23] , separate nature not .
97Brahmin means to have a nature, sanskars, relationships and connections that are liked by everyone.
87ब्राह्मण अर्थात् सबके दिल पसन्द स्वभाव संस्कार वा सम्बन्ध सम्पर्क वाले हो . brāhmaṇ arthāt sabkē dil pasand svabhāv saṅskār vā sambandh samparka vālē hō . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] arthāt sabkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅskār[x] vā sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampark[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Brahmin that is everyone's heart love nature sanskar or relationship x those who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
98You were told earlier also that the majority should be liked by at least 95% of everyone. 99There should be this much result.
88मैजारिटी 95 % के दिलपसन्द जरूर हो-इतनी रिजल्ट जरूर होनी चाहिये . majority 95 % kē|K dilpasand jarūr hō-itanī result jarūr hōnī chāhiyē . majority 95 % kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil-pasand[adj.] zarūr x result zarūr hōnā[.oblig3] . majority 95 % (of|K) loved definitely x result definitely be[.oblig3] .
100You are even now being given a margin of 5%. 101This will not be till the end, but you are being given this now.
895 % अभी भी मार्जिन दे रहे हैं , अन्त तक नहीं है लेकिन अभी दे रहे हैं . 5 % abhī bhī margin dē rahē haĩ , ant tak nahī̃ hai lēkin abhī dē rahē haĩ . 5 % ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] margin dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , ant[n.m.;sg.,d.] tak nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin ab[adv.hī] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . 5 % now too x give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , end until not be[pres.sg.23] but now give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
102You have to be liked by at least 95% of everyone, that is, you have to remain light with everyone.
9095 % सर्व के दिल पसन्द अर्थात् सर्व से लाइट . 95 % sarv kē|K dil pasand arthāt sarv sē light . 95 % sarv[adj.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] pasand[n.f.;sg.] arthāt sarv[adj.] sē[postp.] light . 95 % all (of|K) heart love that is all from light .
103And this lightness should be experienced through your words, actions and attitude.
91और वो हल्कापन बोल , कर्म और वृत्ति से अनुभव हो . aur vō halkāpan bōl , karma aur vr̥itti sē anubhav hō . aur vah[pn.;d.] halkāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] bōl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bōlnā[root] , karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . and that lightness (x|speak[root]) , deed and attitude from experience (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
104It should not be that you think, "I am light, but others are not able to understand me."
92ऐसे नहीं , मैं तो हल्का हूँ लेकिन दूसरे मेरे को नहीं समझते , पहचानते नहीं . aisē nahī̃ , maĩ tō halkā hū̃ lēkin dūsrē mērē kō nahī̃ samajhtē , pahchāntē nahī̃ . aisē nahī̃[x] , maĩ[pn.sg.d.] tō halkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.1] lēkin dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kō[postp.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , pahchānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] nahī̃[neg] . it isn't that , I then light be[pres.sg.1] but other I[.kē] to not understand[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , recognise[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] not .
105Generally, many of you think that others do not recognise you. 106If they do not recognise you, give them your recognition through your own willpower.
93अगर नहीं पहचानते तो आप अपने विल पॉवर से उन्हों को भी पहचान दो . agar nahī̃ pahchāntē tō āp apnē will power sē unhō̃ kō bhī pahchān dō . agar nahī̃[neg] pahchānnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō āp[pn.pl.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] will power sē[postp.] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pahchānnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] . if not recognise[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then you one’s own will power from that to too recognise[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.root+dēnā] .
107Your actions and your attitude should transform the other person. 108For this transformation, you just need the power to tolerate.
94आपके कर्म , वृत्ति उसको परिवर्तन करे . āpkē karma , vr̥itti uskō parivartan karē . āp[pn.pl.kē] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vr̥itti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vah[pn.sg.kō] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.sg.23] . you[.kē] deed , attitude that[.kō] transformation do[opt.sg.23] .
109And, what else do you say is the sign of an angel?
95इसमें सिर्फ परिवर्तन करने में सहनशक्ति की आवश्यकता होती है . ismē̃ sirph parivartan karnē mē̃ sahanśhakti kī|key āvaśhyaktā hōtī hai . yah[pn.sg.mē̃] sirph[adj.] parivartan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] sahanśhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āvaśhyaktā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . this[.mē̃] only transformation do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) need be[pres.sg.f.23] .
110An angel means one who does not have any relationship with the old body and the old world. 111You say this, do you not?
96और फरिश्ता अर्थात् जिसका पुरानी देह और पुरानी दुनिया से रिश्ता नहीं . aur phariśhtā arthāt jiskā purānī dēh aur purānī duniyā sē riśhtā nahī̃ . aur phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt jō[pn.sg.kā] purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] aur purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . and angel that is that[.kā] old body and old world from relationship not . 97ये सभी को याद है ना ? yē sabhī kō yād hai nā ? yah[pn.pl.d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? this all to remembrance be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 98कि अभी भी वो रहा हुआ है ? ki abhī bhī vō rahā huā hai ? ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] vah[pn.;d.] rahnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|rahānā[root] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ? that now too that (remain[past-part.m.sg.d.]|enable to live[root]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] ?
112All of you remember this, do you not? 113If all of you were asked what it means to be an angel, all of you would say with intoxication, that you do not have any relationships, would you not?
99पुरानी देह से लगाव है क्या ? purānī dēh sē lagāv hai kyā ? purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] lagāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] kyā ? old body from attachment be[pres.sg.23] what ? 100देह के सम्बन्ध से हल्के हो गये हो कि नहीं ? dēh kē|K sambandh sē halkē hō gayē hō ki nahī̃ ? dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] halkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ki[conj.] nahī̃[neg] ? body (of|K) relationship from light be[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] that not ?
114You have become detached from the old body and bodily relations and the old corporeal world, have you not?
101काका , चाचा , मामा , उससे न्यारे हो गये हो ना ? kākā , chāchā , māmā , ussē nyārē hō gayē hō nā ? kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , māmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , vah[pn.sg.sē] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] nā ? x , uncle , x , that[.sē] unique be[pres-perf.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ∅ ?
115Or, does that still remain? 116Do you still have attachment to the old body?
102कि अभी भी हैं ? ki abhī bhī haĩ ? ki[conj.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? that now too be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 103न्यारे और प्यारे हैं ? nyārē aur pyārē haĩ ? nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? unique and loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
117Have you become light (free) of the relationships of the body?
104प्यारे हैं लेकिन न्यारे होकरके प्यारे बनते हैं , ये गलती हो जाती है . pyārē haĩ lēkin nyārē hōkarkē pyārē bantē haĩ , yē galtī hō jātī hai . pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[abs.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , yah[pn.pl.d.] galnā[pres.pl.f.2] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] . loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] but unique be[abs.] loving become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , this x[pres.pl.f.2] go[pres.sg.f.23] . 105ये मिस हो जाता है . yē miss hō jātā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] miss hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . this miss be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
118Your paternal uncle, your maternal uncle and aunts: have you become free from them or do you still have paternal uncles and maternal uncles?
106या तो न्यारे हो जाना सहज लगता है या तो प्यारा होना सहज लगता . yā tō nyārē hō jānā sahaj lagtā hai yā tō pyārā hōnā sahaj lagtā . yā tō nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] yā tō pyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . or then unique (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) easy x[pres.sg.m.23] or then loving be[inf.m.sg.d.] easy x[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
119Are you loving and detached? 120You are loving, but you have to be detached and loving.
107लेकिन ये देह के सम्बन्ध काका , चाचा , मामा , ये फिर भी सहज हैं . lēkin yē dēh kē|K sambandh kākā , chāchā , māmā , yē phir bhī sahaj haĩ . lēkin yah[pn.pl.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , māmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] phir bhī[x] sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . but this body (of|K) relationship x , uncle , x , this nevertheless easy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
121You make the mistake that when you become loving, you miss out on being as much detached as you are loving.
108सहज हैं या थोड़ा थोड़ा स्वप्न में , संकल्प में आ जाता है ? sahaj haĩ yā thōṛā thōṛā svapn mē̃ , saṅkalp mē̃ ā jātā hai ? sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] , saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? easy be[pres.pl.12hon3] or short short dream in , thought in come[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
122You either find it easy to be detached or you find it easy to be loving.
109जब ब्राह्मण परिवार में कोई परिस्थिति आती है तो चाचा , काका , मामा याद आते हैं ? jab brāhmaṇ parivār mē̃ kōī paristhiti ātī hai tō chāchā , kākā , māmā yād ātē haĩ ? jab brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] kōī[pn.;d.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ānā[pres.sg.f.23] tō chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , māmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? when Brahmin family in some circumstances come[pres.sg.f.23] then uncle , x , x remembrance come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
123However, it is still easy to be free of the bodily relationships. 124Is it easy or do they sometimes enter your dreams or thoughts?
110बापदादा देखते हैं कि परिस्थिति के समय कई आत्माओं को ब्राह्मण परिवार के बजाय लौकिक सम्बन्ध जल्दी स्मृति में आता है . bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki paristhiti kē|K samay kaī ātmāō̃ kō brāhmaṇ parivār kē|K bajāy laukik sambandh jaldī smr̥iti mē̃ ātā hai . bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaī ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] parivār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē laukik[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] jaldī smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] . BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that circumstances (of|K) time some soul to Brahmin family (of|K) x worldly relationship very quickly awareness in come[pres.sg.m.23] .
125Do you remember your maternal or paternal uncles when any difficulty arises within the Brahmin family? 126However, BapDada sees that, at the time of such situations, many souls remember their lokik relations much more quickly than they remember Brahmin souls.
111परिस्थिति किनारे के बजाय सहारा अनुभव कराती है . paristhiti kinārē kē|K bajāy sahārā anubhav karātī hai . paristhiti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kinārā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bajāē sahārā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23] . circumstances x (of|K) x support experience make commit[pres.sg.f.23] .
127The situations make you experience the things you have left behind to be your support.
112जब मरजीवा बन गये तो अगले जन्म के सम्बन्धी काका , चाचा , माँ , बाप , याद हैं क्या ? jab marjīvā ban gayē tō aglē janm kē|K sambandhī kākā , chāchā , mā̃ , bāp , yād haĩ kyā ? jab marjīvā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō aglā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] kākā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , chāchā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , mā̃[n.f.;sg.] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] , yād[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyā ? when dying alive become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] then next (life|be born[root]) (of|K) relative x , uncle , mother , father , remembrance be[pres.pl.12hon3] what ?
128When you have died alive, do you still remember the relations of the previous birth: your maternal and paternal uncles, your mother and father?
113स्वप्न में भी आते हैं क्या ? svapn mē̃ bhī ātē haĩ kyā ? svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] kyā ? dream in too come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] what ?
129Do you have any connection with them? 130Do they come in your dreams?
114तो सम्बन्ध , जन्म बदल गया ना . tō sambandh , janm badal gayā nā . tō sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] , janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] badalnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . then relationship , (life|be born[root]) change[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
131So, when your birth changes, your relations also change.
115तो फरिश्ता अर्थात् पुराने से रिश्ता नहीं , यही परिभाषा बोलते हो ना ? tō phariśhtā arthāt purānē sē riśhtā nahī̃ , yahī paribhāṣhā bōltē hō nā ? tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , yahī[pn.;d.] paribhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] bōlnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? then angel that is old from relationship not , this x speak[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
132So, an angel means one who doesn't have any connection with the old (past). 133This is the definition you give, it is not?
116फिर समय पर कहाँ से निकल आते हैं ? phir samay par kahā̃ sē nikal ātē haĩ ? phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] kahā̃ sē[postp.] nikalnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] ? (turn[root]|then) time (at|other) where from be extracted[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+ānā] ?
134So, where do they emerge from at such times?
117टूटा हुआ रिश्ता जुड़ जाता है ? ṭūṭā huā riśhtā juṛ jātā hai ? ṭūṭnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] juṛnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ? break[past-part.m.sg.d.] be[past-part.m.sg.d.] relationship x[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] ?
135Do the broken relationships become forged again?
118मरे हुए से जिन्दा हो जाते हो ? marē huē sē jindā hō jātē hō ? marnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|marnā[opt.sg.23] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] sē[postp.] jindā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ? (die[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|die[opt.sg.23]) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] from x be[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?
136Do you become alive from having died?
119फरिश्ता अर्थात् पुराने से रिश्ता नहीं , सब नया . phariśhtā arthāt purānē sē riśhtā nahī̃ , sab nayā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt purānā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sē[postp.] riśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] , sab[adj.] nayā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . angel that is old from relationship not , all new .
137So, an angel means not to have any relationship with the old, but everything new.
120बापदादा ने देखा कि फरिश्ता बनने में जो रूकावट होती है उसका कारण एक पहली सीढ़ी है देह भान को छोड़ना , दूसरी सीढ़ी जो और सूक्ष्म है वो है देह अभिमान को छोड़ना . bāpdādā nē dēkhā ki phariśhtā bannē mē̃ jō rūkāvaṭ hōtī hai uskā kāraṇ ēk pahlī sīṛhī hai dēh bhān kō chhōṛnā , dūsrī sīṛhī jō aur sūkṣhma hai vō hai dēh abhimān kō chhōṛnā . bāpdādā nē[postp.] dēkhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ki[conj.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] jō[pn.;d.] rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] vah[pn.sg.kā] kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ēk[adj.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sīṛhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jō[pn.;d.] aur sūkṣhma[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vah[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . BapDada ∅ see[past-part.m.sg.d.] that angel become[inf.m.pl.,o.] in that obstruction be[pres.sg.f.23] that[.kā] because one x ladder be[pres.sg.23] body awareness to renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] , other ladder that and subtle be[pres.sg.23] that be[pres.sg.23] body arrogance to renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] .
138BapDada saw that the first step causing obstructions in becoming an angel is the renunciation of body consciousness. 139And the second step, which is more subtle, is to let go of the arrogance of the body.
121देह भान और देह अभिमान . dēh bhān aur dēh abhimān . dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . body awareness and body arrogance .
140Body consciousness and the arrogance of the body.
122देह भान फिर भी कॉमन चीज़ है लेकिन जितने ज्ञानी तू आत्मा , योगी तू आत्मा बनते हैं उतना देह अभिमान रूकावट डालता है . dēh bhān phir bhī common chīz hai lēkin jitnē gyānī tū ātmā , yōgī tū ātmā bantē haĩ utnā dēh abhimān rūkāvaṭ ḍāltā hai . dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] phir bhī[x] common chīz[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] , yōgī[x] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] utnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] ḍālnā[pres.sg.m.23] . body awareness nevertheless x thing be[pres.sg.23] but the more gyani you soul , yogi you soul become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x body arrogance obstruction create[pres.sg.m.23] .
141Body consciousness is something common, but the more knowledgeable and yogi you become, the more the arrogance of the body causes obstructions.
123और अभिमान अनेक प्रकार का आता है-अपने बुद्धि का अभिमान , अपने श्रेष्ठ संस्कार का अभिमान , अपने अच्छे स्वभाव का अभिमान , अपनी विशेषताओं का अभिमान , अपनी कोई विशेष कला का अभिमान , अपनी सेवा की सफलता का अभिमान . aur abhimān anēk prakār kā ātā hai-apanē buddhi kā abhimān , apnē śhrēṣhṭh saṅskār kā abhimān , apnē achchhē svabhāv kā abhimān , apnī viśhēṣhatāō̃ kā abhimān , apnī kōī viśhēṣh kalā kā abhimān , apnī sēvā kī|key saphaltā kā abhimān . aur abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] anēk[adj.] prakār[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x buddhi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] saṅskār[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] svabhāv[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] kōī[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] , apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] . and arrogance many form of come[pres-part.m.sg.d.] x intellect of arrogance , one’s own elevated sanskar of arrogance , one’s own achcha nature of arrogance , one’s own speciality of arrogance , one’s own some special degree of arrogance , one’s own service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) success of arrogance .
142And there are many types of arrogance that emerge: The arrogance of your own intellect, the arrogance of your elevated sanskars, the arrogance of your good nature, the arrogance of your specialities, the arrogance of your special talent, the arrogance of the success in your service.
124ये सूक्ष्म अभिमान देह भान से भी बहुत महीन हैं . yē sūkṣhma abhimān dēh bhān sē bhī bahut mahīn haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] sūkṣhma[adj.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] bahut mahīn[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this subtle arrogance body awareness from too very refined be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
143This subtle arrogance is even deeper than body consciousness.
125अभिमान का दरवाजा तो जानते हो ना ? abhimān kā darvājā tō jāntē hō nā ? abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] darvājā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] tō jānnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? arrogance of door then know[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
144You know what the door of arrogance is, do you not?
126मैं पन , मेरापन-ये है अभिमान के दरवाजे . maĩ pan , mērāpan-yē hai abhimān kē|K darvājē . maĩ[pn.sg.d.] pan[n.m.;sg.,d.] , x hōnā[pres.sg.23] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . I x , x be[pres.sg.23] arrogance (of|K) door .
145The consciousness of "I and mine" is the door of arrogance.
127तो फरिश्ता का अर्थ ये नहीं कि सिर्फ देह भान वा देह के आकर्षण से परे होना वा देह के स्थूल सम्बन्ध से परे होना , लेकिन फरिश्ता अर्थात् देह के सूक्ष्म अभिमान के सम्बन्ध से भी न्यारे होना . tō phariśhtā kā arth|earth yē nahī̃ ki sirph dēh bhān vā dēh kē|K ākarṣhaṇ sē parē hōnā vā dēh kē|K sthūl sambandh sē parē hōnā , lēkin phariśhtā arthāt dēh kē|K sūkṣhma abhimān kē|K sambandh sē bhī nyārē hōnā . tō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth yah[pn.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K ākarṣhaṇ[x] sē[postp.] par hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] vā dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthūl[adj.] sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] par hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , lēkin phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] arthāt dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sūkṣhma[adj.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then angel of (meaning|earth) this not that only body awareness or body (of|K) attraction from other be[inf.m.sg.d.] or body (of|K) physical relationship from other be[inf.m.sg.d.] , but angel that is body (of|K) subtle arrogance (of|K) relationship from too unique be[inf.m.sg.d.] .
146So, an angel does not just mean to be beyond body consciousness or the attraction of the body, or to be beyond the physical relations of the body, but an angel means to be beyond and detached from the connection of the subtle arrogance of the body.
128और अभिमान की निशानी-जहाँ अभिमान होता है वहाँ अपमान भी जल्दी फील होता है . aur abhimān kī|key niśānī-jahā̃ abhimān hōtā hai vahā̃ apmān bhī jaldī feel hōtā hai . aur abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key x abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vahā̃ apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] jaldī feel hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . and arrogance (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x arrogance be[pres.sg.m.23] there disrespect too very quickly feel be[pres.sg.m.23] .
147And the sign of those who have arrogance is that where there is arrogance, they also very quickly feel insulted.
129जहाँ अभिमान होता है वहाँ अपमान की फीलिंग बहुत जल्दी होती है . jahā̃ abhimān hōtā hai vahā̃ apmān kī|key feeling bahut jaldī hōtī hai . jahā̃ abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vahā̃ apmān[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key feeling bahut jaldī hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . where there arrogance be[pres.sg.m.23] there disrespect (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) feeling very very quickly be[pres.sg.f.23] .
148Where there is arrogance, the feeling of being insulted comes very quickly, because the door of "I and mine" is open.
130क्योंकि मैं और मेरे के दरवाजे खुले हुए होते हैं . kyōṅki maĩ aur mērē kē|K darvājē khulē huē hōtē haĩ . kyōṅki maĩ[pn.sg.d.] aur maĩ[pn.sg.kē] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K darvājā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] khulnā[opt.sg.23]|khulnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|khulā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . because I and I[.kē] (of|K) door (open up[opt.sg.23]|open up[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x) be[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 131फरिश्ते का यथार्थ स्वरूप है देह भान और देह के सम्बन्ध से , देह अभिमान से न्यारा . phariśhtē kā yathārth svarūp hai dēh bhān aur dēh kē|K sambandh sē , dēh abhimān sē nyārā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yathārth[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sambandh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . angel of x form be[pres.sg.23] body awareness and body (of|K) relationship from , body arrogance from unique .
149The correct form of an angel is to be beyond body consciousness and, in terms of the body, beyond the arrogance of the body. 150If you have any virtue or any power, why do you forget the Bestower?
132अगर कोई गुण हैं , कोई शक्ति है तो दाता को क्यों भूल जाते हैं ? agar kōī guṇ haĩ , kōī śhakti hai tō dātā kō kyō̃ bhūl jātē haĩ ? agar kōī[pn.;d.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , kōī[pn.;d.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] tō dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kyō̃ bhūl jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? if some virtue be[pres.pl.12hon3] , some Shakti be[pres.sg.23] then bestower to why x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
151And, secondly, the easy method to become detached from this is very easy; it is of just one word.
133और दूसरी बात इससे सहज न्यारे होने का रास्ता वा विधि बहुत सहज है , एक अक्षर है . aur dūsrī bāt issē sahaj nyārē hōnē kā rāstā vā vidhi bahut sahaj hai , ēk akṣhar hai . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] yah[pn.sg.sē] sahaj[adj.] nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rāstā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] vā vidhi[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , ēk[adj.] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . and other matter this[.sē] easy unique be[inf.m.pl.,o.] of path or method very easy be[pres.sg.23] , one word be[pres.sg.23] .
152This one word has so much power that body consciousness and the arrogance of the body can be finished for all time. 153What is this one word?
134एक अक्षर में इतनी ताकत है जो देह अभिमान और देह भान सदा के लिये समाप्त हो जाता है . ēk akṣhar mē̃ itnī tākat hai jō dēh abhimān aur dēh bhān sadā kē|K liyē samāpt hō jātā hai . ēk[adj.] akṣhar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] itnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] tākat[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] dēh[n.f.;sg.] abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur dēh[n.f.;sg.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] samāpt[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . one word in such power be[pres.sg.23] that body arrogance and body awareness constantly (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] finished be[pres.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
154Baba who is Karankaravanhar is inspiring you to do it. 155The word Karankaravanhar finishes both that consciousness and arrogance.
135वो एक शब्द कौन सा है ? vō ēk śhabda kaun sā hai ? vah[pn.;d.] ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.;d.] sā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? that one word who x be[pres.sg.23] ?
156It is easy to remember one word, is it not?
136करनकरावनहार बाप करा रहा है . karankarāvanhār bāp karā rahā hai . karankarāvanhār bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Karankaravanhar father make commit[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . 137 करनकरावनहार शब्द भान और अभिमान दोनों को मिटा देता है . karankarāvanhār śhabda bhān aur abhimān dōnō̃ kō miṭā dētā hai . karankarāvanhār śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhān[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur abhimān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dōnō̃ kō[postp.] miṭnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|miṭānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . Karankaravanhar word awareness and arrogance x to (be rubbed off[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|x[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) . 138एक शब्द याद करना तो सहज है ना ? ēk śhabda yād karnā tō sahaj hai nā ? ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād karnā[x] tō sahaj[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? one word remember then easy be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
157Or is it difficult? 158O.K., even if you forget all the points, in fact, you must not forget them, but, if you do sometimes forget them, you can still remember just the one word, can you not?
139और सारी पॉइन्ट्स भूल भी जाओ , भूलना तो नहीं है लेकिन अगर भूल भी जाओ तो एक शब्द तो याद कर सकते हो ना ? aur sārī points bhūl bhī jāō , bhūlnā tō nahī̃ hai lēkin agar bhūl bhī jāō tō ēk śhabda tō yād kar saktē hō nā ? aur sārā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] point bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , bhūlnā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin agar bhūlnā[root]|bhūl[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] jānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] tō ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō yād karnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+saknā] nā ? and the whole point (forget[root]|mistake) too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , forget[inf.m.sg.d.] then not be[pres.sg.23] but if (forget[root]|mistake) too go[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] then one word then remember ∅ ?
159This is easy, is it not? 160Baba is Karankaravanhar. 161So, look how easily you experience the angelic life! 162On what basis did father Brahma become an angel?
140करनकरावनहार बाबा है . karankarāvanhār bābā hai . karankarāvanhār bābā hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Karankaravanhar Baba be[pres.sg.23] . 141तो देखो , फरिश्ते जीवन का अनुभव कितना सहज अनुभव होता . tō dēkhō , phariśhtē jīvan kā anubhav kitnā sahaj anubhav hōtā . tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres-part.m.sg.d.] . then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , angel life of experience so easy experience be[pres-part.m.sg.d.] .
163He became powerful and an angel by constantly having the awareness of Karankaravanhar Baba.
142ब्रह्मा बाप फरिश्ता बना-किस आधार से ? brahmā bāp phariśhtā banā-kis ādhār sē ? brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] x ādhār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] ? Brahma father angel x basis from ?
164So you have to follow the father, do you not? 165Or, are you going to follow Maya?
143सदा करनकरावनहार की स्मृति से समर्थ बन फरिश्ते बने . sadā karankarāvanhār kī|key smr̥iti sē samarth ban phariśhtē banē . sadā karankarāvanhār karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] samarth[adj.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|bannā[opt.sg.23] . constantly Karankaravanhar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness from powerful (x|become[root]) angel (become[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|become[opt.sg.23]) .
166No, you have to follow the father. 167Sometimes, even Maya becomes your mother and father.
144फॉलो फादर है ना ? follow father hai nā ? follow father[x] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? follow the Father be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 145या फॉलो माया है ? yā follow māyā hai ? yā follow māyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? or follow Maya be[pres.sg.23] ?
168She gives very good sustenance and attainment.
146कभी माया भी मदर फादर बन जाती है , बड़ी अच्छी पालना और प्राप्ति कराती है . kabhī māyā bhī mother father ban jātī hai , baṛī achchhī pālnā aur prāpti karātī hai . kabhī[adv.] māyā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] mother father bannā[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , baṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur prāpti[n.f.;sg.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23] . ever Maya too mother father become[pres.sg.f.23.root+jānā] , very achcha (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) and attainment make commit[pres.sg.f.23] .
169However, all of that is deceptive attainment. 170First of all, there is attainment and then there is deception.
147लेकिन वो सब है धोखे की प्राप्ति . lēkin vō sab hai dhōkhē kī|key prāpti . lēkin vah[pn.;d.] sab[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] . but that all be[pres.sg.23] deception (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment .
171You do have the power to discriminate, do you not?
148पहले प्राप्ति , फिर धोखा . pahlē prāpti , phir dhōkhā . pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] prāpti[n.f.;sg.] , phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . (x|firstly) attainment , (turn[root]|then) deception . 149परखने की शक्ति तो है ना ? parakhnē kī|key śhakti tō hai nā ? parakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] tō hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti then be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
172You have to recognise at the right time whether it is Maya or the Father.
150माया है या बाप है-इसको समय पर परखना है . māyā hai yā bāp hai-isakō samay par parakhnā hai . māyā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] x samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] parakhnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Maya be[pres.sg.23] or father x time (at|other) x[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
173To discriminate after having been deceived is not an act of being sensible.
151धोखा खाकर परखना , यह कोई समझदारी नहीं हुई . dhōkhā khākar parakhnā , yah kōī samajhdārī nahī̃ huī . dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[abs.] parakhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] , yah[pn.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] samajhdārī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[past-part.f.] . deception eat[abs.] x[inf.m.sg.d.] , this some x not be[past-part.f.] .
174Everyone can understand after having been deceived.
152धोखा खाकर तो सब समझ जाते हैं लेकिन ज्ञानी तू आत्मा पहले यह परखकर स्वयं को बचा लेता है . dhōkhā khākar tō sab samajh jātē haĩ lēkin gyānī tū ātmā pahlē yah parakhkar svayã kō bachā lētā hai . dhōkhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] khānā[abs.] tō sab[adj.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] lēkin gyānī[adj.] tū ātmā[n.f.;sg.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] yah[pn.sg.d.] parakhnā[abs.] svayã kō[postp.] bachnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|bachānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā] . deception eat[abs.] then all understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] but gyani you soul (x|firstly) this x[abs.] x to (x[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+lēnā]|save[pres.sg.m.23.root+lēnā]) .
175However, knowledgeable souls are able to discriminate in advance and save themselves. 176So, do you understand who is called an angel? 177The third is an angel who is to become a deity.
153तो समझा फरिश्ता किसको कहते हैं ? tō samjhā phariśhtā kiskō kahtē haĩ ? tō samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? then (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) angel who[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
178Are you going to become a deity now or in the future?
154तीसरा है फरिश्ता सो देवता . tīsrā hai phariśhtā sō dēvtā . tīsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . third be[pres.sg.23] angel (sleep[root]|x) deity .
179Will you become this in the future?
155अभी देवता बनना है या भविष्य में बनेंगे ? abhī dēvtā bannā hai yā bhaviṣhya mē̃ banē̃gē ? ab[adv.hī] dēvtā bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] yā bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? now become deity or future in become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
180Or, do you wish to become this now? 181You have to become this now.
156देवता अर्थात् सर्व गुणों से सजे सजाये . dēvtā arthāt sarv guṇō̃ sē sajē sajāyē . dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] sajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . deity that is all virtue from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) decorate[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
182Achcha. 183A deity means one who is adorned with all the virtues.
157ये दिव्यगुण संगम के देवता जीवन के श्रृंगार हैं . yē divyaguṇ saṅgam kē|K dēvtā jīvan kē|K śhrr̥iṅgār haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] divyaguṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] saṅgam[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this divine virtue confluence (of|K) deity life (of|K) (decorate[root]|decoration) be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
184These divine virtues are the adornments of the divine life of the confluence age.
158इस समय दिव्य गुणों से सजे सजाये होते हो तब ही भविष्य में स्थूल श्रृंगार से सजे सजाये रहते हो . is samay divya guṇō̃ sē sajē sajāyē hōtē hō tab hī bhaviṣhya mē̃ sthūl śhrr̥iṅgār sē sajē sajāyē rahtē hō . is samay[x] divya[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] sajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.2] tab hī[p.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sthūl[adj.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] sajānā[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+rahnā] . at this time divine virtue from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) decorate[past-part.m.pl.,o.] be[pres.pl.m.2] for only then only future in physical (decorate[root]|decoration) from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) decorate[pres.pl.m.2.past-part+rahnā] .
185You are adorned with the divine virtues at this time, for only then will you be adorned with the physical adornments in the future.
159तो देवता अर्थात् दिव्यगुणों से सजे सजाये . tō dēvtā arthāt divyaguṇō̃ sē sajē sajāyē . tō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt divyaguṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sajnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|sajnā[opt.sg.23] sajānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . then deity that is divine virtue from (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|x[opt.sg.23]) decorate[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
186To be a deity means to be adorned with the divine virtues.
160और दूसरा देवता अर्थात् देने वाला . aur dūsrā dēvtā arthāt dēnē vālā . aur dūsrā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . and other deity that is give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
187And, secondly, a deity means one who gives, not one who takes but one who gives.
161लेवता नहीं , लेकिन देवता . lēvtā nahī̃ , lēkin dēvtā . lēvtā[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] , lēkin dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . x not , but deity .
188So are you the master bestowers?
162तो मास्टर दाता हो ? tō master dātā hō ? tō master dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then master bestower (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ? 163वा कभी लेवता , कभी देवता ? vā kabhī lēvtā , kabhī dēvtā ? vā kabhī[adv.] lēvtā[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kabhī[adv.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] ? or ever x , ever deity ?
189Or, are you sometimes those who take and sometimes those who give?
164चेक करो कि दिव्य गुणों का श्रृंगार सदा रहता है वा कभी कोई श्रृंगार भूल जाता है , कभी कोई श्रृंगार भूल जाता है ? check karō ki divya guṇō̃ kā śhrr̥iṅgār sadā rahtā hai vā kabhī kōī śhrr̥iṅgār bhūl jātā hai , kabhī kōī śhrr̥iṅgār bhūl jātā hai ? check karnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] divya[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] vā kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] , kabhī[adv.] kōī[pn.;d.] śhrr̥iṅgārnā[root]|śhrr̥iṅgār[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhūl jānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? check do[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that divine virtue of (decorate[root]|decoration) constantly remain[pres.sg.m.23] or ever some (decorate[root]|decoration) x[pres.sg.m.23] , ever some (decorate[root]|decoration) x[pres.sg.m.23] ?
190So check whether you constantly have the adornments of the divine virtues or whether you sometimes forget some adornments. 191Do you sometimes forget some adornments?
165सम्पूर्ण सर्व गुण सम्पन्न … यही देवता जीवन की निशानी है . sampūrṇ sarv guṇ sampann … yahī dēvtā jīvan kī|key niśhānī hai . sampūrṇ[adj.] sarv[adj.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sampann[adj.] … yahī[pn.;d.] dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . complete all virtue full … this deity life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign be[pres.sg.23] .
192To be completely full of all the virtues is the sign of the deity life.
166ये गुण ही गहने हैं . yē guṇ hī gahnē haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] guṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] gahnā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this virtue only jewel be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
193These virtues are your jewellery.
167तो देखो कि ब्राह्मण स्वरूप की सर्व शक्तियाँ , फरिश्ते स्वरूप की डबल लाइट स्थिति और देवता स्वरूप की दातापन की निशानी और दिव्य गुणों सम्पन्न बने हैं ? tō dēkhō ki brāhmaṇ svarūp kī|key sarv śhaktiyā̃ , phariśhtē svarūp kī|key double light sthiti aur dēvtā svarūp kī|key dātāpan kī|key niśhānī aur divya guṇō̃ sampann banē haĩ ? tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] ki[conj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sarv[adj.] śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key double light[x] sthiti[n.f.;sg.] aur dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key dātāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur divya[adj.] guṇ[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] sampann[adj.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] that Brahmin form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) all Shakti , angel form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) double-light stage and deity form (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) being a bestower (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign and divine virtue full become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
194So check whether you have become those who have all the powers of the Brahmin form, whether you have the doublelight stage of being an angel, whether you have the sign of the deities, that is, of being a bestower, and whether you have become complete with all the divine virtues.
168तीनों स्वरूप अनुभव करते हो ? tīnō̃ svarūp anubhav kartē hō ? tīnō̃[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? all three form experience do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
195Do you experience all three forms?
169जैसे बाप के तीन सम्बन्ध-बाप , शिक्षक , सद्गुरू सदा याद रहते , ऐसे ये तीन स्वरूप सदा याद रखो . jaisē bāp kē|K tīn sambandh-bāp , śhikṣhak , sadgurū sadā yād rahtē , aisē yē tīn svarūp sadā yād rakhō . jaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K tīn[adj.] x , śhikṣhak[x] , satgurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yād[n.f.;sg.] rahnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yah[pn.pl.d.] tīn[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yād rakhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . like father (of|K) x x , teacher , Satguru constantly remembrance remain[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , such this x form constantly remember . 170समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
196Just as you constantly remember the three relationships of the Father: The Father, Teacher and Satguru, in the same way, constantly remember these three forms of yours.
171बनना तो आपको ही है या और कोई आने वाले हैं ? bannā tō āpkō hī hai yā aur kōī ānē vālē haĩ ? bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] tō āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] yā aur kōī[x] ānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? become[inf.m.sg.d.] then you[.kō] only be[pres.sg.23] or someone else (come[inf.m.pl.,o.]|x) those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
197Do you understand what you have to do? 198You have to become this, do you not?
172आपको ही बनना है ना ? āpkō hī bannā hai nā ? āp[pn.pl.kō] hī[p.] bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ? you[.kō] only become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ ?
199Or, is someone else going to come here to become this?
173आज ब्राह्मण , कल फरिश्ता और कल देवता . āj brāhmaṇ , kal phariśhtā aur kal dēvtā . āj brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] , kal phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur kal dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . today Brahmin , x angel and x deity .
200You have to become this, do you not? 201Today, a Brahmin; tomorrow an angel and then a deity.
174अपने फरिश्ते स्वरूप को ज्ञान के दर्पण में देखो . apnē phariśhtē svarūp kō gyān kē|K darpaṇ mē̃ dēkhō . apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K darpaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . one’s own angel form to knowledge (of|K) mirror in see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
202Just see your angelic form in the mirror of gyan. 203Angels always fly and give messages.
175फरिश्ते सदा उड़ते रहते हैं और मैसेज देते रहते हैं . phariśhtē sadā uṛtē rahtē haĩ aur message dētē rahtē haĩ . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] sadā uṛnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] aur message dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . angel constantly fly[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] and message give[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
204Whenever they show this, they show an angel just comes, gives their message and flies away.
176फरिश्ता आया , सन्देश दिया और उड़ा . phariśhtā āyā , sandēśh diyā aur uṛā . phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] , sandēśh[x] dēnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] aur uṛānā[root]|uṛnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . angel come[past-part.m.sg.d.] , message give[past-part.m.sg.d.] and (x[root]|fly[past-part.m.sg.d.]) .
205So who are these angels? 206Are you these angels?
177तो वो फरिश्ते कौन हैं ? tō vō phariśhtē kaun haĩ ? tō vah[pn.;d.] phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then that angel who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
207Achcha. 208Are you sure that you are this?
178आप ही हो ना ? āp hī hō nā ? āp[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? you only (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ?
209Is no one else this?
179फलक से कहो-हम ही थे , हम ही हैं और हम ही रहेंगे . phalak sē kahō-ham hī thē , ham hī haĩ aur ham hī rahē̃gē . phalak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] x hī[p.] hōnā[past.pl] , ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur ham[pn.pl.] hī[p.] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . sparkle of intoxication from x only be[past.pl] , we only be[pres.pl.12hon3] and we only remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
210Say with intoxication: We were this, we are this and we will be this.
180पक्का है ना ? pakkā hai nā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? firm be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
211Are you sure?
181इसको कहा जाता है निश्चयबुद्धि विजयी . iskō kahā jātā hai niśhchaybuddhi vijayī . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|kahnā[pres.sg.m.23.passive] niśhchaybuddhi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vijayī[adj.] . this[.kō] (say[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+jānā]|say[pres.sg.m.23.passive]) intellect with faith victorious .
212This is known as having victory through an intellect which has faith.
182क्षत्रिय हो वा विजयी हो ? kṣhatriya hō vā vijayī hō ? kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] vā vijayī[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or victorious (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
213So, are you victorious or are you warriors?
183क्षत्रिय कोई तो बनेगा ? kṣhatriya kōī tō banēgā ? kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] kōī[pn.;d.] tō bannā[fut.m.sg.23] ? x some then become[fut.m.sg.23] ?
214Who are you? 215You are victorious, not warriors.
184वो दूसरे बनेंगे ! vō dūsrē banē̃gē ! vah[pn.;d.] dūsrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ! that other become[fut.m.pl.12hon3] !
216Some will have to become warriors, will they not?
185तो आप ब्राह्मण हो . tō āp brāhmaṇ hō . tō āp[pn.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . then you Brahmin (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
217Or will others become that?
186चलते चलते कभी क्षत्रिय नहीं बनना . chaltē chaltē kabhī kṣhatriya nahī̃ bannā . chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] kabhī[adv.] kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] . continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ever x not become[inf.m.sg.d.] .
218Do not ever become a warrior whilst moving along.
187अगर बार बार क्षत्रिय बनते रहेंगे , युद्ध करते रहेंगे तो युद्ध के संस्कार ले जाने वाले कहाँ पहुँचेंगे ? agar bār bār kṣhatriya bantē rahē̃gē , yuddha kartē rahē̃gē tō yuddha kē|K saṅskār lē jānē vālē kahā̃ pahũchēṅgē ? agar bār[n.f.;sg.] bār[n.f.;sg.] kṣhatriya[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] tō yuddh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K saṅskār[x] lēnā[root]|lēnā[opt.sg.23] jānā[inf.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|jānnā[opt.sg.23] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kahā̃ pahuñchnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? if time time x become[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] , battle do[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] then battle (of|K) sanskar (take[root]|take[opt.sg.23]) (go[inf.m.pl.,o.]|know[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|know[opt.sg.23]) those who where reach[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
219If you become a warrior again and again, if you keep on battling, then where would the sanskars of battling take you? 220The sun dynasty or the moon dynasty?
188चन्द्रवंशी में या सूर्यवंशी में ? chandravanśhī mē̃ yā sūryavanśhī mē̃ ? chandravanśhī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] yā sūryavanśhī[adj.] mē̃[postp.] ? those of the moon dynasty in or part of the sun dynasty in ?
221But you do not like being part of the moon dynasty, do you?
189तो चन्द्रवंशी तो पसन्द नहीं है ना , कि कभी कभी हो गये तो भी हर्जा नहीं ? tō chandravanśhī tō pasand nahī̃ hai nā , ki kabhī kabhī hō gayē tō bhī harjā nahī̃ ? tō chandravanśhī[adj.] tō pasand[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] tō bhī[x] harzā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ? then those of the moon dynasty then love not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , that ever ever be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ∅ x not ?
222Or does it not matter if you sometimes become this? 223So, who are all of you? 224Brahmins? 225Are you the real Brahmins or are you a little weak?
190तो सब कौन हो ? tō sab kaun hō ? tō sab[adj.] kaun[pn.;d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? then all who (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
226Are the Shaktis strong?
191ब्राह्मण ? brāhmaṇ ? brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? Brahmin ?
227Are the Pandavs strong?
192पक्के ब्राह्मण हो या थोड़े थोड़े कच्चे ? pakkē brāhmaṇ hō yā thōṛē thōṛē kachchē ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ? firm Brahmin (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) or short short weak ?
228Achcha, now Baba should not receive any more such letters.
193शक्तियाँ पक्की हैं ? śhaktiyā̃ pakkī haĩ ? śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? Shakti firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 194पाण्डव पक्के हैं ? pāṇḍav pakkē haĩ ? pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? Pandava firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
229If you are strong, then Baba should constantly receive letters of good news.
195अगर पक्के हैं तो सदा खुशखबरी के पत्र आवें . agar pakkē haĩ tō sadā khuśhkhabarī kē|K patra āvē̃ . agar pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō sadā khuśhkhabarī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . if firm be[pres.pl.12hon3] then constantly good news (of|K) x come[opt.pl.12hon3] .
230"Maya came and this happened. 231What has happened? 232How has it happened?"
196माया आ गई , ये हो गया , पता नहीं क्या हो गया , कैसे हो गया-ये संकल्प में भी नहीं हो . māyā ā gaī , yē hō gayā , patā nahī̃ kyā hō gayā , kaisē hō gayā-yē saṅkalp mē̃ bhī nahī̃ hō . māyā[n.f.;sg.] ānā[past-part.f..root+jānā] , yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , patā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] kyā hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , kaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] x saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . Maya come[past-part.f..root+jānā] , this be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , knowledge not what be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] , how (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) x thought in too not (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
233You should not have this even in your thoughts. 234Baba says: You must not even have it in your dreams. 235There should be no "why or what" even in your dreams.
197बाप तो कहते हैं स्वप्न मात्र भी नहीं . bāp tō kahtē haĩ svapn mātra bhī nahī̃ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mātra bhī[p.] nahī̃[neg] . father then say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] dream just too not .
236Are you strong to this extent? 237You have already said yes.
198स्वप्न में भी क्यों , क्या नहीं-ऐसे पक्के हो ? svapn mē̃ bhī kyō̃ , kyā nahī̃-aisē pakkē hō ? svapn[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kyō̃ , kyā x pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? dream in too why , what x firm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
238And the Shaktis, are you even more strong? 239Or are you still a little weak?
199शक्तियाँ महा पक्की हो ? śhaktiyā̃ mahā pakkī hō ? śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] mahān, mahā pakkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ? Shakti great firm (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ?
240Say, "If the Pandavs are strong, we are even stronger."
200कहो , पाण्डव पक्के तो हम महा पक्के . kahō , pāṇḍav pakkē tō ham mahā pakkē . kahnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō ham[pn.pl.] mahān, mahā pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . say[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , Pandava firm then we great firm .
241Because, the Shaktis have been made the instruments.
201क्योंकि शक्तियों को ही निमित्त बनाया है . kyōṅki śhaktiyō̃ kō hī nimitt banāyā hai . kyōṅki śhakti[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . because Shakti to only instrument create[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
242If the instruments themselves are weak or strong, what would the condition of the others be?
202तो निमित्त वाले ही कच्चे पक्के होंगे तो औरों का क्या हाल होगा ! tō nimitt vālē hī kachchē pakkē hōṅgē tō aurō̃ kā kyā hāl|hall hōgā ! tō nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] kachchā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō aurō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā hāl[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hall hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] ! then instrument those who only weak firm be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then others of what (x|hall) be[fut.m.sg.23] !
243The Pandavs are the backbone. 244Do you like being the backbone? 245Or do you like causing opposition?
203पाण्डव बैकबोन हैं . pāṇḍav backbone haĩ . pāṇḍav[n.m.;sg.,d.] backbone hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Pandava backbone be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
246It is good to be the backbone.
204बैकबोन बनना अच्छा लगता है ना ? backbone bannā achchhā lagtā hai nā ? backbone bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? backbone become[inf.m.sg.d.] enjoy ∅ ?
247You remain very safe, otherwise, you are beaten.
205या सामना करना अच्छा लगता है ? yā sāmnā karnā achchhā lagtā hai ? yā sāmnā karnā[x] achchhā lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? or face[x] enjoy ?
248Achcha, you have now reached your sweet home.
206बैकबोन बनना अच्छा है , सेफ हो बहुत , नहीं तो मार खाते . backbone bannā achchhā hai , safe hō bahut , nahī̃ tō mār khātē . backbone bannā[inf.m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , safe hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] bahut , nahī̃ tō[x] mārnā[root] khānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|khātā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] . backbone become[inf.m.sg.d.] achcha be[pres.sg.23] , safe (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) very , otherwise beat[root] (eat[pres-part.m.pl.,o.]|account) .
249You had the thought "We have to go, we have to go." 250What is the thought you have now?
207अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha . 208सभी अपने स्वीट होम में पहुँच गये . sabhī apnē sweet home mē̃ pahũch gayē . sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sweet home[x] mē̃[postp.] pahuñchnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . all one’s own sweet home in reach[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
251Even now, you still have to go, do you not?
209संकल्प था-जाना है , जाना है और अभी फिर क्या संकल्प है ? saṅkalp thā-jānā hai , jānā hai aur abhī phir kyā saṅkalp hai ? saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] aur ab[adv.hī] phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] kyā saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? thought x be[pres.sg.23] , (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) and now (turn[root]|then) what thought be[pres.sg.23] ?
252You are going for the sake of service and this is why you are going with happiness.
210अभी भी जाना है ना ? abhī bhī jānā hai nā ? ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā ? now too (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) ∅ ?
253You are going for service, are you not?
211सेवा अर्थ जा रहे हैं इसलिये खुशी खुशी से जाते हैं . sēvā arth|earth jā rahē haĩ isliyē khuśhī khuśhī sē jātē haĩ . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] arth[n.m.;sg.,d.]|earth jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] isliē khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . service (meaning|earth) go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] therefore happiness happiness from go[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
254Or will you go to your shop, to your home or your workplace? 255You are going on service.
212सेवा पर जायेंगे या दुकान पर जायेंगे , घर में जायेंगे , दफ्तर में जायेंगे ? sēvā par jāyēṅgē yā dukān par jāyēṅgē , ghar mē̃ jāyēṅgē , daphtar mē̃ jāyēṅgē ? sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] yā dukān[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , daphtar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] jānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? service (at|other) go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] or shop (at|other) go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , home in go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , x in go[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
256Whether it is your workplace or your home, all places are service places. 257There is service at every place for those who are serviceable.
213चाहे दफ्तर हो , चाहे घर हो , लेकिन सभी सेवा के स्थान हैं . chāhē daphtar hō , chāhē ghar hō , lēkin sabhī sēvā kē|K sthān haĩ . chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] daphtar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , chāhnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|chāhē|chāhnā[opt.sg.23] ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] , lēkin sab[adv.hī] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , (x[past-part.m.pl.,o.]|whether|x[opt.sg.23]) home (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) , but all service (of|K) place be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
258So, to come to Madhuban, fill your treasure store with zeal and enthusiasm and then to go on service; it is like this, is it not?
214सेवाधारियों की हर जगह सेवा है . sēvādhāriyō̃ kī|key har|her jagah sēvā hai . sēvādhārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key har|harnā[root]|her jagah[n.f.;sg.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . server (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) (x|x[root]) x service be[pres.sg.23] .
259You go with great happiness, do you not? 260Or, do you go out of compulsion?
215तो मधुबन में आना और उमंग उत्साह का खज़ाना भरना और फिर सेवा पर जाना . tō madhuban mē̃ ānā aur umaṅg utsāh kā khazānā bharnā aur phir sēvā par jānā . tō madhuban[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|ānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] aur umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] utsāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bharnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur phirnā[root]|phir[adv.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|jānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . then Madhuban in (come[inf.m.sg.d.]|x) and zeal enthusiasm of treasure fill[inf.m.sg.d.] and (turn[root]|then) service (at|other) (know[past-part.m.sg.d.]|go[inf.m.sg.d.]) .
261Service means happiness. 262It should not be that you feel that you have karmic accounts or that you are going to settle some debts.
216खुशी खुशी से जाते हो ना ? khuśhī khuśhī sē jātē hō nā ? khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? happiness happiness from go[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
263You are going to fulfil your responsibilities.
217कि मजबूरी से जाते हो ? ki majbūrī sē jātē hō ? ki[conj.] majbūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] jānā[pres.pl.m.2] ? that x from go[pres.pl.m.2] ?
264"There are many storks in the family."
218सेवा माना खुशी . sēvā mānā khuśhī . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mānā|mānnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] . service (means|x[past-part.m.sg.d.]) happiness . 219हिसाबकिताब है , कर्ज चुकाने जा रहे हैं , ऐसे नहीं . hisābakitāb hai , karj chukānē jā rahē haĩ , aisē nahī̃ . x hōnā[pres.sg.23] , karjā[n.m.;sg.,d.] chukānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , aisē nahī̃[x] . x be[pres.sg.23] , debt x[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , it isn't that .
265If there were no storks, to whom would you give this knowledge? 266Would you make the swans into swans?
220फर्ज चुकाने जा रहे हैं . pharja chukānē jā rahē haĩ . farj[n.m.;sg.,d.] chukānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] . duty x[inf.m.pl.,o.] go[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] .
267You have to change the storks into swans.
221घर में बगुले बहुत हैं . ghar mē̃ bagulē bahut haĩ . ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bagulā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . home in stork very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
268What will you remember?
222अगर बगुले नहीं होंगे तो ज्ञान किसको देंगे ? agar bagulē nahī̃ hōṅgē tō gyān kiskō dēgē ? agar bagulā[n.m.ā=>ē;sg.o.,m.pl.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tō gyān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kaun[pn.sg.kō] dēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? if stork not be[fut.m.pl.12hon3] then knowledge who[.kō] give[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
269To be a Brahmin who is to become an angel and then an angel who is to become a deity.
223हंस को हंस बनायेंगे क्या ? hans kō hans banāyēṅgē kyā ? hans[x]|hãsnā[root] kō[postp.] hans[x]|hãsnā[root] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] kyā ? (swan|laugh out[root]) to (swan|laugh out[root]) create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] what ?
270You will definitely remain this, will you not?
224बगुलों को ही तो हंस बनायेंगे ना ? bagulō̃ kō hī tō hans banāyēṅgē nā ? bagulā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] tō hans[x]|hãsnā[root] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ? stork to only then (swan|laugh out[root]) create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
271Or, will you forget one of them when you travel on the trains?
225तो क्या याद रखेंगे ? tō kyā yād rakhē̃gē ? tō kyā yād rakhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? then what remember ?
272And, whilst going to your respective places, will only one remain?
226ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता , फरिश्ता सो देवता . brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā , phariśhtā sō dēvtā . brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] . Brahmin (sleep[root]|x) angel , angel (sleep[root]|x) deity .
273It will not belike this, will it? 274Are all of you staying comfortably?
227पक्का रहेगा ना ? pakkā rahēgā nā ? pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] rahnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ? firm remain[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ ?
275Do you have any difficulties?
228कि ट्रेन में जाते जाते एक भूल जायेगा ? ki train mē̃ jātē jātē ēk bhūl jāyēgā ? ki[conj.] train mē̃[postp.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ēk[adj.] bhūl jānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? that train in go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] one x[fut.m.sg.23] ?
276The double foreigners are still the queens of the beds. 277And the Bharatwasis are the queens of the floor.
229अपने स्थान पर जाते जाते बाकी एक रह जाये-ऐसे तो नहीं होगा ना ? apnē sthān par jātē jātē bākī ēk rah jāyē-aisē tō nahī̃ hōgā nā ? apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bākī|bākī ēk[adj.] rahnā[root] x tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[fut.m.sg.23] nā ? one’s own place (at|other) go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (but|others) one remain[root] x then not be[fut.m.sg.23] ∅ ?
278You like this, do you not? 279It is easy to sleep on the floor, is it not? 280Is it easy or do you remember your beds?
230सभी आराम से रहे हुए हैं ? sabhī ārām sē rahē huē haĩ ? sab[adv.hī] ārām[x] sē[postp.] rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? all comfort from (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
281You do not remember your beds, do you?
231डबल फॉरेनर्स फिर भी खटाराणे हैं और भारतवासी पटराने . double foreigners phir bhī khaṭārāṇē haĩ aur bhāratvāsī paṭarānē . double foreigner phir bhī[x] x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur bhāratvāsī[adj.] x . double foreigner nevertheless x be[pres.pl.12hon3] and people of Bharat x .
282Yes, a time will come when all of you will have a bed, but when will that be? 283When you have made the whole of Abu belong to you.
232पट में सोना सहज लगता है ना ? paṭ mē̃ sōnā sahaj lagtā hai nā ? paṭ[adj.] mē̃[postp.] sōnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|sōnā[inf.m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] lagnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? x in (gold|sleep[inf.m.sg.d.]) easy x[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ? 233पलंग याद तो नहीं आते ? palaṅg yād tō nahī̃ ātē ? palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] ānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ? x remembrance then not come[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] ?
284The happiness of this gathering is even greater than that of the beds and Dunlop beds.
234हाँ , कोई समय ऐसा आयेगा जो सभी को पलंग मिलेगा . hā̃ , kōī samay aisā āyēgā jō sabhī kō palaṅg milēgā . hā̃ , kōī[pn.;d.] samay[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] jō[pn.;d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[fut.m.sg.23] . yes , some time such come[fut.m.sg.23] that all to x receive[fut.m.sg.23] .
285Just as you sleep comfortably on the Dunlop beds, in the same way, you are able to sleep comfortably here also, are you not?
235लेकिन कब आयेगा ? lēkin kab āyēgā ? lēkin kab ānā[fut.m.sg.23] ? but when come[fut.m.sg.23] ? 236जब सारा आबू अपना बनायेंगे . jab sārā ābū apnā banāyēṅgē . jab sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ābū apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] banānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . when the whole Abu (adopt[root]|one’s own) create[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
286You go to sleep whilst drinking the nectar of knowledge and so you sleep well.
237ये संगठन का सुख पलंग और डनलप से भी ज्यादा है . yē saṅgaṭhan kā sukh palaṅg aur Dunlop sē bhī jyādā hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] saṅgaṭhan[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] palaṅg[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur Dunlop sē[postp.] bhī[p.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this gathering of happiness x and Dunlop pillow from too more be[pres.sg.23] .
287To drink the nectar of knowledge and to eat Brahma bhojan; what else is there?
238यहाँ भी आराम से नींद तो आती है ना ? yahā̃ bhī ārām sē nīnd tō ātī hai nā ? yahā̃ bhī[p.] ārām[x] sē[postp.] nīnd[n.f.;sg.] tō ānā[pres.sg.f.23] nā ? here too comfort from sleep then come[pres.sg.f.23] ∅ ?
288All of you receive ready prepared food, do you not?
239ज्ञान अमृत पीते पीते सो जाते हो , तो कितनी अच्छी नींद करेंगे . gyān amr̥it pītē pītē sō jātē hō , tō kitnī achchhī nīnd karē̃gē . gyān amr̥it[x] pīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] pīnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sōnā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nīnd[n.f.;sg.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x drink[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] drink[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] sleep[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] , then so achcha sleep do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
289Double foreigners receive ready prepared food, do you not? 290There, you have to prepare it yourself.
240ज्ञान अमृत पीना और ब्रह्मा भोजन खाना . gyān amr̥it pīnā aur brahmā bhōjan khānā . gyān amr̥it[x] pīnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur brahmā bhōjan[x] khānā[inf.m.sg.d.]|khānā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] . x drink[inf.m.sg.d.] and Brahma bhojan (eat[inf.m.sg.d.]|eat[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]) .
291The mothers also receive ready prepared food, do you not? 292Achcha.
241सभी को बना बनाया भोजन मिलता है . sabhī kō banā banāyā bhōjan miltā hai . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] banānā[past-part.m.sg.d.] bhōjan[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres.sg.m.23] . all to (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) create[past-part.m.sg.d.] food receive[pres.sg.m.23] .
293All of you are happy. 294You have the fortune of happiness and you have a happy face.
242सभी खुश हैं . sabhī khuśh haĩ . sab[adv.hī] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
295Or does your face sometimes become something else?
243खुशनसीब भी हैं और खुशमिजाज भी हैं . khuśhnasīb bhī haĩ aur khuśhamijāj bhī haĩ . khuśhnasīb[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur khuśhmizāj[adj.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . having the fortune of happiness too be[pres.pl.12hon3] and x too be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
296Do you constantly have a happy face or is it sometimes serious and sometimes happy? 297It is not like this, is it?
244कि कभी सीरियस , कभी खुश मिजाज ? ki kabhī serious , kabhī khuśh mijāj ? ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] serious , kabhī[adv.] khuśh[adj.] mijāj[n.m.;sg.,d.] ? that ever serious , ever happy x ?
298You have the fortune of happiness and you are those who constantly have a happy face.
245कभी शक्ल में अन्तर नहीं आना चाहिए . kabhī śhakla mē̃ antar nahī̃ ānā chāhiē . kabhī[adv.] śhakla[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] antar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|ānā[.oblig3] . ever face in difference not (come[imp.pl.2hon.inf+cāhnā]|come[.oblig3]) .
299There should never be a difference visible on your face.
246जब क्रोध या गुस्सा आता है तो चेहरा लाल पीला होता है ना ? jab krōdh yā gussā ātā hai tō chēhrā lāl pīlā hōtā hai nā ? jab krōdh[n.m.;sg.,d.] yā gussā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] tō chēhrā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] lāl[adj.] pīlā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] nā ? when anger or anger come[pres.sg.m.23] then face x x be[pres.sg.m.23] ∅ ?
300When you become angry or when, internally, you have a lot of anger, then is your face happy or is it red or yellow?
247सदा चेहराहर्षितमुख हो . sadā cēharāharṣitamukh hō . sadā x hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] . constantly x (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) .
301So your face should constantly be cheerful.
248इसको कहते हैं खुशमिजाज रहना . iskō kahtē haĩ khuśhamijāj rahnā . yah[pn.sg.kō] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] khuśhmizāj[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this[.kō] say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] x remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
302This is known as constantly having a happy face.
249अच्छा , सभी जितना बाप को याद करते हैं और दिल से प्यार करते तो बाप सभी को आपसे पदमगुणा याद करते और प्यार करते हैं . achchhā , sabhī jitnā bāp kō yād kartē haĩ aur dil sē pyār kartē tō bāp sabhī kō āpsē padamguṇā yād kartē aur pyār kartē haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , sab[adv.hī] jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] āp[pn.pl.sē] padamguṇā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] aur pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . achcha , all the more father to remember and heart from love do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then father all to you[.sē] multimillion-fold remembrance do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] and love do[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . 250बाप से पूछते हैं कि सारा दिन क्या करते हो ? bāp sē pūchhtē haĩ ki sārā din kyā kartē hō ? bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pūchhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.2] ? father from ask[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that the whole day what do[pres.pl.m.2] ?
303Your face should always be happy. 304It should not sometimes be like one thing and another thing at other times. 305To the extent that all of you remember Baba and have love for Him in your heart, so accordingly, Baba remembers and loves each of you multimillion times.
251बाप क्या कहते हैं कि सारा दिन बच्चों को ही याद करते हैं . bāp kyā kahtē haĩ ki sārā din bachchō̃ kō hī yād kartē haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kyā kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sārā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] din[n.m.;sg.,d.] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] hī[p.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . father what say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that the whole day child to only remember . 252और काम ही क्या है ? aur kām hī kyā hai ? aur kām[n.m.;sg.,d.]|kām[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] kyā hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? and (task|lust) only what be[pres.sg.23] ?
306You ask Baba: What do you do throughout the whole day? 307So what does Baba say? 308That He only remembers the children throughout the whole day.
253ये नशा है ना ? yē naśhā hai nā ? yah[pn.pl.d.] naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? this intoxication be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
309What else does He have to do?
254दुनिया वाले बाप को याद करते हैं और बाप आपको याद करते हैं . duniyā vālē bāp kō yād kartē haĩ aur bāp āpkō yād kartē haĩ . duniyā[n.f.;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] aur bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . world those who father to remember and father you[.kō] remember .
310You have this intoxication, do you not? 311People of the world remember the Father and the Father is remembering you.
255अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
312Achcha.
256गुजरात - गुजरात को एवररेडी रहने , जी हाँ करने का वरदान मिला हुआ है . gujarāt - gujarāt kō ever ready rahnē , jī hā̃ karnē kā vardān milā huā hai . gujarāt - gujarāt kō[postp.] ever ready rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] , jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] hā̃ karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . Gujarat - Gujarat to ever-ready remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] , (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) yes do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of blessing (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
313Gujarat: What blessing has Gujarat received? 314Of being everready. 315Of saying "Ha ji". 316Is Gujarat like this?
257गुजरात में दो विशेषताओं की निशानी अभी भी दिखाई देती है और आगे भी दिखाते रहना है . gujarāt mē̃ dō viśhēṣhatāō̃ kī|key niśhānī abhī bhī dikhāī dētī hai aur āgē bhī dikhātē rahnā hai . gujarāt mē̃[postp.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] ab[adv.hī] bhī[p.] dikhāī dēnā[pres.sg.f.23] aur āgē bhī[p.] dikhānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . Gujarat in (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) speciality (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) sign now too be visible and previously too x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] .
317So, Gujarat is even now visible as having the sign of two specialities; and you have to reveal these two in the future also.
258वो दो निशानियाँ व दो विशेषतायें कौन सी हैं ? vō dō niśhāniyā̃ va dō viśhēṣhatāyē̃ kaun see|sī|C haĩ ? vah[pn.;d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] niśhānī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] va dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? that (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) sign x (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) speciality who (see|x) be[pres.pl.12hon3] ? 259सन्तुष्टता और प्रसन्नता . santuṣhṭatā aur prasannatā . santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] aur prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] . contentment and happiness .
318The two signs, the two specialities, are to constantly remain satisfied; and only when you are content can you remain satisfied.
260प्रसन्नता भी तब रहती है जब सन्तुष्टता है . prasannatā bhī tab rahtī hai jab santuṣhṭatā hai . prasannatā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] tab rahnā[pres.sg.f.23] jab santuṣhṭatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . happiness too for only then remain[pres.sg.f.23] when contentment be[pres.sg.23] . 261तो ये दो विशेषतायें विशेष हैं और सदा रहेंगी . tō yē dō viśhēṣhatāyē̃ viśhēṣh haĩ aur sadā rahē̃gī . tō yah[pn.pl.d.] dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur sadā rahnā[fut.f.pl.12hon3] . then this (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) speciality special be[pres.pl.12hon3] and constantly remain[fut.f.pl.12hon3] .
319So, you especially have the two specialities of being satisfied and content and you will always have these specialities.
262समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
320Do you understand?
263गुजरात वाले कभी असन्तुष्ट न रहेंगे , न करेंगे . gujarāt vālē kabhī asantuṣhṭ na rahē̃gē , na karē̃gē . gujarāt vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kabhī[adv.] asantuṣhṭ[adj.] na[neg] rahnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , na[neg] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . Gujarat those who ever discontent not remain[fut.m.pl.12hon3] , not do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
321Those from Gujarat will never be dissatisfied nor will they make others dissatisfied.
264दो विशेषताओं के कारण सदा उड़ते रहेंगे . dō viśhēṣhatāō̃ kē|K kāraṇ sadā uṛtē rahē̃gē . dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā uṛnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) speciality (of|K) because constantly fly[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
322Because of these two specialities, you will constantly continue to fly.
265गुजरात विशेष ब्रह्मा बाप ने अपने संकल्प से स्थापन किया . gujarāt viśhēṣh brahmā bāp nē apnē saṅkalp sē sthāpan kiyā . gujarāt viśhēṣh[adj.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] nē[postp.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] saṅkalp[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] . Gujarat special Brahma father ∅ one’s own thought from establishment do[past-part.m.sg.d.] .
323Gujarat has especially been established by the thought of father Brahma.
266और जन्मते ही सदा सहयोगी रहे हैं और अब भी हैं . aur janmatē hī sadā sahyōgī rahē haĩ aur ab bhī haĩ . aur janmatē hī[x] sadā sahyōgī[adj.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] aur ab[adv.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . and x constantly co-operative remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] and now too be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 267समझा ! samjhā ! samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ! (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) !
324And, as soon as you took birth, you constantly became cooperative and you are this even now.
268सहयोग की अंगुली सदा है ही है . sahyōg kī|key aṅgulī sadā hai hī hai . sahyōg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key aṅgulī, uṅglī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sadā hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . cooperation (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) finger constantly be[pres.sg.23] only be[pres.sg.23] .
325Did those from Gujarat understand?
269देखो , कोई भी प्रोग्राम होता है , सीजन भी होती है तो ब्रह्मा भोजन में गुजरात की माताओं को याद करते हैं ना . dēkhō , kōī bhī programme hōtā hai , season bhī hōtī hai tō brahmā bhōjan mē̃ gujarāt kī|key mātāō̃ kō yād kartē haĩ nā . dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , kōī bhī[x] programme hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] , season bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō brahmā bhōjan[x] mē̃[postp.] gujarāt karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mātā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] yād karnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] nā . see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , anyone programme be[pres.sg.m.23] , season too be[pres.sg.f.23] then Brahma bhojan in Gujarat (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) mother to remember ∅ .
326You constantly have the finger of co operation. 327Look, whenever there is any programme or even during the season, who is especially remembered? 328The mothers of Gujarat are remembered.
270कितनी भी कोई रोटी बनावे लेकिन गुजरात जैसी नहीं बना सकते , ये विशेषता है . kitnī bhī kōī rōṭī banāvē lēkin gujarāt jaisī nahī̃ banā saktē , yē viśhēṣhtā hai . kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] bhī[p.] kōī[pn.;d.] rōṭī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] banānā[opt.sg.23] lēkin gujarāt jaisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nahī̃[neg] bannā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|banānā[root] saknā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , yah[pn.pl.d.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . so too some roti create[opt.sg.23] but Gujarat like not (become[past-part.m.sg.d.]|create[root]) can[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] , this speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
329No matter how many chapatis others make, they are not able to make them like those from Gujarat make them. 330This is your speciality.
271तो हर कार्य में एवररेडी रहने वाले . tō har|her kārya mē̃ ever ready rahnē vālē . tō har|harnā[root]|her kārya[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] ever ready rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . then (x|x[root]) task in ever-ready remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
331You are those who remain ever ready in every task.
272अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
332Achcha.
273इस्टर्न - इस्टर्न का सूर्य उदय हो गया . eastern - eastern kā sūrya uday hō gayā . eastern - eastern kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sūrya, sūraj[n.m.;sg.,d.] uday[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] . x - x of sun rise be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] .
333Eastern:The sun has risen in the Eastern Zone.
274इस्टर्न जोन वाले सदा ही स्वयं को और औरों को पूज्य आत्मा बनाने की प्रेरणा देने वाले हैं . eastern zone vālē sadā hī svayã kō aur aurō̃ kō pūjya ātmā banānē kī|key prērṇā dēnē vālē haĩ . eastern zone vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sadā hī[p.] svayã kō[postp.] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prērṇā[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x zone those who constantly only x to and others to worthy of worship soul create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) inspiration give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] . 275क्योंकि इस्टर्न में पूजा बहुत होती है . kyōṅki eastern mē̃ pūjā bahut hōtī hai . kyōṅki eastern mē̃[postp.] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . because x in (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) very be[pres.sg.f.23] . 276तो पुजारी बहुत हैं . tō pujārī bahut haĩ . tō pujārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then worshipper very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
334The souls from the Eastern Zone are constantly those who give others the inspirations to make the self and others into worshipworthy souls, because a lot of worshipping takes place in the Eastern Zone, and so there are a lot of worshippers.
277तो पुजारियों को पूज्य बनाना - इस सेवा का चांस इस्टर्न जोन को बहुत है . tō pujāriyō̃ kō pūjya banānā - is sēvā kā chance eastern zone kō bahut hai . tō pujārī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] pūjya[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] - yah[pn.sg.o.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chance eastern zone kō[postp.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then worshipper to worthy of worship create[inf.m.sg.d.] - this service of chance x zone to very be[pres.sg.23] .
335The Eastern Zone has a lot of chances to carry out the service of making worshippers into worshipworthy souls.
278और जो ज्यादा में ज्यादा पुजारी से पूज्य बनाते हैं , उसकी पूजा बहुत जन्म और बहुत विधिपूर्वक होती है . aur jō jyādā mē̃ jyādā pujārī sē pūjya banātē haĩ , uskī pūjā bahut janm aur bahut vidhipūrvak hōtī hai . aur jō[pn.;d.] jyādā mē̃ jyādā[x] pujārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pūjya[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , vah[pn.sg.kī] pūjnā[past-part.m.sg.d.]|pūjā[n.f.;sg.] bahut janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] aur bahut vidhipūrvak hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] . and that at the most worshipper from worthy of worship create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] , that[.kī] (x[past-part.m.sg.d.]|worship) very (life|be born[root]) and very with discipline be[pres.sg.f.23] .
336Those who make the most number of worshippersouls into worshipworthy souls are worshipped for many births and accurately according to the right method.
279तो इस्टर्न वाले पूज्य बनाने के कारण बहुत बड़े पूज्य आत्मा अनेक जन्म बनने वाले हैं . tō eastern vālē pūjya banānē kē|K kāraṇ bahut baṛē pūjya ātmā anēk janm bannē vālē haĩ . tō eastern vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut baṛā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.;sg.] anēk[adj.] janm[n.m.;sg.,d.]|janamnā[root] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then x those who worthy of worship create[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) because very very worthy of worship soul many (life|be born[root]) become[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
337So, because the souls from the Eastern Zone make other souls into worshipworthy souls, they are going to become the worshipworthy souls for many births.
280यही सेवा करते हो ना ? yahī sēvā kartē hō nā ? yahī[pn.;d.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā ? this service do[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ ?
338You do this service, do you not?
281पुजारी से पूज्य बनते हैं या सिर्फ दर्शन करने वाले बनते हैं ? pujārī sē pūjya bantē haĩ yā sirph darśhan karnē vālē bantē haĩ ? pujārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] pūjya[adj.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] yā sirph[adj.] darśhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bannā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ? worshipper from worthy of worship become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] or only vision do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who become[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ?
339Do worshipworthy souls become worshipworthy from being worshippers or do they simply become those who have a glimpse? 340What happens?
282क्या होता है ? kyā hōtā hai ? kyā hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? what be[pres.sg.m.23] ?
341Those from the Eastern Zone should speak.
283तो इस्टर्न जोन को पूज्य बनाने का विशेष वरदान भी मिला हुआ है और चांस भी मिला हुआ है . tō eastern zone kō pūjya banānē kā viśhēṣh vardān bhī milā huā hai aur chance bhī milā huā hai . tō eastern zone kō[postp.] pūjya[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] aur chance bhī[p.] milānā[root]|milnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then x zone to worthy of worship create[inf.m.pl.,o.] of special blessing too (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] and chance too (x[root]|receive[past-part.m.sg.d.]) be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
342You change the worshippers into worshipworthy souls. 343So the Eastern Zone has received the special blessing of making souls worshipworthy.
284तो नशा रहता है कि हम पूज्य आत्मायें हैं और औरों को भी पूज्य बनाने के निमित्त हैं . tō naśhā rahtā hai ki ham pūjya ātmāyē̃ haĩ aur aurō̃ kō bhī pūjya banānē kē nimitt haĩ . tō naśhā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] rahnā[pres.sg.m.23] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.] pūjya[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] pūjya[adj.] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kē nimitt[x] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then intoxication remain[pres.sg.m.23] that we worthy of worship soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] and others to too worthy of worship create[inf.m.pl.,o.] x be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
344So you have a special chance and also the blessing. 345Do you have the intoxication that you are the worshipworthy souls who will be instruments to make others the same?
285समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
346Do you understand?
286इस्टर्न जोन की विशेषता - ब्रह्मा बाप की प्रत्यक्षता भूमि है . eastern zone kī|key viśhēṣhtā - brahmā bāp kī|key pratyakṣhatā bhūmi hai . eastern zone karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] - brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . x zone (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality - Brahma father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) revelation x be[pres.sg.23] . 287तो भूमि को भी वरदान है . tō bhūmi kō bhī vardān hai . tō bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] bhī[p.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then x to too blessing be[pres.sg.23] .
347Achcha. 348The teachers have renounced something; they are sitting at the back, they have given others the chance to sit at the front. 349It is good.
288इस्टर्न जोन में ही ब्रह्मा बाप में प्रत्यक्षता हुई . eastern zone mē̃ hī brahmā bāp mē̃ pratyakṣhatā huī . eastern zone mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] brahmā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past-part.f.] . x zone in only Brahma father in revelation be[past-part.f.] .
350The speciality of the Eastern Zone is that it is the land of revelation of father Brahma.
289तो कितनी श्रेष्ठ भूमि है ! tō kitnī śhrēṣhṭh bhūmi hai ! tō kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ! then so elevated x be[pres.sg.23] !
351So even the land has this blessing.
290भूमि भी श्रेष्ठ , सेवा भी श्रेष्ठ और सेवाधारी भी सदा श्रेष्ठ . bhūmi bhī śhrēṣhṭh , sēvā bhī śhrēṣhṭh aur sēvādhārī bhī sadā śhrēṣhṭh . bhūmi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] aur sēvādhārī[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] sadā śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] . x too elevated , service too elevated and server too constantly elevated .
352So, in the Eastern Zone also, there was the revelation of father Brahma. 353So, it is such an elevated land!
291अच्छा - ( सभी ने खूब तालियां बजाई ) ऐसे ही सदा खुशी में तालियाँ बजाते रहना . achchhā - ( sabhī nē khūb tāliyā̃ bajāī ) aisē hī sadā khuśhī mē̃ tāliyā̃ bajātē rahnā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - ( sab[adv.hī] nē[postp.] khūb[adj.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[past-part.f.] ) aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] sadā khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . achcha - ( all ∅ a lot clapping play[past-part.f.] ) such only constantly happiness in clapping play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
354The land is elevated, the service is elevated and the servers are also constantly elevated.
292खुशी की तालियाँ कौन सी होती हैं ? khuśhī kī|key tāliyā̃ kaun see|sī|C hōtī haĩ ? khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping who (see|x) be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
355Achcha, constantly clap your hands in happiness in the same way.
293खुशी की ताली बजाने आती हैं ? khuśhī kī|key tālī bajānē ātī haĩ ? khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping play[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
356What are the claps of happiness?
294ये तालियाँ तो स्थूल हैं . yē tāliyā̃ tō sthūl haĩ . yah[pn.pl.d.] tālī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] tō sthūl[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . this clapping then physical be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
357Do you know how to clap in happiness?
295खुशी की ताली कौन सी है ? khuśhī kī|key tālī kaun see|sī|C hai ? khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping who (see|x) be[pres.sg.23] ?
358This clapping is physical. 359What is the clap of happiness?
296खुशी की ताली है मुस्कराना . khuśhī kī|key tālī hai muskarānā . khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] muskarānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping be[pres.sg.23] smile[inf.m.sg.d.] .
360The clap of happiness is to smile.
297यहाँ भले बजाओ , मना नहीं है लेकिन वहाँ जाकर खुशी की ताली सदा बजाते रहना . yahā̃ bhalē bajāō , manā nahī̃ hai lēkin vahā̃ jākar khuśhī kī|key tālī sadā bajātē rahnā . yahā̃ bhalā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bajānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , manānā[root]|manā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] lēkin vahā̃ jānā[abs.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sadā bajānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . here benefit play[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , (celebrate[root]|x) not be[pres.sg.23] but there go[abs.] happiness (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) clapping constantly play[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
361You may clap your hands here, but when you return home, constantly clap in happiness. 362Not just the Eastern Zone, but all of you should do this.
298सभी ऐसे करना . sabhī aisē karnā . sab[adv.hī] aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . all such do[inf.m.sg.d.] .
363Whoever sees you should start to clap.
299आपकी खुशी और मुस्कराहट ऐसी हो जो आपको देखने वाले भी ताली बजाना शुरू कर दें . āpkī khuśhī aur muskarāhaṭ aisī hō jō āpkō dēkhnē vālē bhī tālī bajānā śhurū kar dē̃ . āp[pn.pl.kī] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur muskarāhaṭ[n.f.;sg.] aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] jō[pn.;d.] āp[pn.pl.kō] dēkhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] tālī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bajānā[inf.m.sg.d.] śhurū[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] . you[.kī] happiness and x such (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that you[.kō] see[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too clapping play[inf.m.sg.d.] beginning do[opt.pl.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
364Your happiness and smile should be such that others begin to clap. 365Bombay, Poona: The mothers of Poona are sitting at the front.
300बाम्बे , पूना - पूना और बाम्बे सदा ही िफक्र से फारिग रहने वाले . bāmbē , pūnā - pūnā aur bāmbē sadā hī iphakra sē phārig rahnē vālē . bāmbē , pūnā - pūnā aur bāmbē sadā hī[p.] x sē[postp.] fārig[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . Bombay , x - x and Bombay constantly only x from free remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
366You are clever in taking a chance. 367So Poona and Bombay is the land of those who are the carefree emperors who are free from any worry.
301बाम्बे भी बेफिक्रबादशाहों का स्थान है और पूना भी बेफिक्र बादशाहों का स्थान है . bāmbē bhī bēphikrabādaśāhō̃ kā sthān hai aur pūnā bhī bēphikr bādśhāhō̃ kā sthān hai . bāmbē bhī[p.] x kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur pūnā bhī[p.] bēphikr[adj.] bādśhāh[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . Bombay too x of place be[pres.sg.23] and x too carefree emperor of place be[pres.sg.23] .
368Bombay is the place of the carefree emperors and Poona is also the place of the carefree emperors. 369So, are you free from any kind of worry?
302तो सभी बेफिक्रहो ? tō sabhī bēphikrahō ? tō sab[adv.hī] x ? then all x ?
370You are not saying yes to this.
303या थोड़ा थोड़ा िफक्र है ? yā thōṛā thōṛā iphakra hai ? yā thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] x hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? or short short x be[pres.sg.23] ? 304स्वयं बेफिक्रबादशाह हैं और दूसरों के भी िफक्र को मिटाने वाले हैं . svayã bēphikrabādaśāh haĩ aur dūsrō̃ kē|K bhī iphakra kō miṭānē vālē haĩ . svayã x hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur dūsrā[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] x kō[postp.] miṭānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x x be[pres.pl.12hon3] and other (of|K) too x to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
371Are you carefree: Are Bombay and Poona free from any worry or do you have a little worry? 372You yourselves are the carefree emperors and you are those who finish the worries of others.
305सभी को बेफिक्र बादशाह बनाने वाले हैं . sabhī kō bēphikr bādśhāh banānē vālē haĩ . sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] bēphikr bādśhāh[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . all to carefree emperor create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
373You are those who make everyone into carefree emperors.
306तो बादशाही देने में होशियार हो ना . tō bādśhāhī dēnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hō nā . tō bādśhāhī[adj.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . then sovereignty give[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
374So, you are clever in giving the kingdom to others, are you not?
307गरीब को बादशाह बनाना आता है ? garīb kō bādśhāh banānā ātā hai ? garīb[adj.] kō[postp.] bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] ānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? x to emperor create[inf.m.sg.d.] come[pres.sg.m.23] ?
375Do youk now how to make the poor ones into emperors?
308बेफिक्रबादशाह बनाने वाले और स्वयं भी सदा बेफिक्ररहने वाले , यही संगमयुग के श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं की विशेषता है-बेफिक्रबादशाह . bēphikrabādaśāh banānē vālē aur svayã bhī sadā bēphikrarahanē vālē , yahī saṅgamyug kē|K śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kī|key viśhēṣhtā hai-bēphikrabādaśāh . x banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur svayã bhī[p.] sadā x vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , yahī[pn.;d.] saṅgamyug[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] x . x create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who and x too constantly x those who , this confluence age (of|K) elevated soul (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality x .
376What type of emperor will you make them? 377Into carefree emperors. 378So you are those who constantly remain carefree and who make others carefree. 379This is the speciality of the elevated souls of the confluence age: to be a carefree emperor.
309तो बादशाह हो कि कभी प्रजा भी बन जाते हो ? tō bādśhāh hō ki kabhī prajā bhī ban jātē hō ? tō bādśhāh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] ki[conj.] kabhī[adv.] prajā[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bannā[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ? then emperor (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) that ever x too become[pres.pl.m.2.root+jānā] ?
380So, are you the emperors or do you sometimes even become the subjects? 381It is good.
310सेवा में आगे बढ़ रहे हैं और बढ़ते रहेंगे . sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛh rahē haĩ aur baṛhtē rahē̃gē . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . service in previously grow[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
382Whether it is Bombay or Poona, you are moving forward in service and will continue to do so.
311पूना वालों ने कितने सेवास्थान बनाये हैं ? pūnā vālō̃ nē kitnē sēvāsthān banāyē haĩ ? pūnā vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] sēvāsthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? x those who ∅ so service place create[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
383How many service centres have those from Poona created?
312 ( 22 ) और गीता पाठशालायें कितनी हैं ? ( 22 ) aur gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ kitnī haĩ ? ( 22 ) aur gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? ( 22 ) and Gita pathshala so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
384(22) Achcha. 385And how many Gita Pathshalas are there?
313 ( 300 ) तो देखो सेवा में होशियार हो ना . ( 300 ) tō dēkhō sēvā mē̃ hōśhiyār hō nā . ( 300 ) tō dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā . ( 300 ) then see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] service in clever (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ .
386(300). 387Look, you are clever in service, are you not?
314और बाम्बे में सेवाकेन्द्र कितने हैं ? aur bāmbē mē̃ sēvākēndra kitnē haĩ ? aur bāmbē mē̃[postp.] sēvākēndra[n.m.;sg.,d.] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? and Bombay in centre so be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
388And how many service centres are there in Bombay?(36).
315 ( 36 ) और गीता पाठशालायें ? ( 36 ) aur gītā pāṭhśhālāyē̃ ? ( 36 ) aur gītā[n.f.;sg.] pāṭhśhālā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] ? ( 36 ) and Gita pathshala ?
389And how many Gita Pathshalas? 390They are countless.
316वो अनगिनत ! vō anginat ! vah[pn.;d.] anginat[x] ! that countless !
391It is good.
317अच्छा है , वैसे तो चारों ओर सेवायें वृद्धि को प्राप्त कर ही रही हैं लेकिन सेवा की दुआओं द्वारा स्व की उड़ती कला और सर्व की उड़ती कला , ऐसी स्पीड तीव्र बनाते चलो . achchhā hai , vaisē tō chārō̃ ōr sēvāyē̃ vr̥iddhi kō prāpt kar hī rahī haĩ lēkin sēvā kī|key duāō̃ dvārā sva kī|key uṛtī kalā aur sarv kī|key uṛtī kalā , aisī speed tīvr banātē chalō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vaisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] tō chārō̃ ōr[x] sēvā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] prāpt karnā[root] hī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] dvārā sva karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] aur sarv[adj.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key uṛnā[pres-part.f.] kalā[n.f.;sg.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] speed tīvr[adj.] banānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] chalnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , x then everywhere service growth to reach only remain[pres-perf.pl.f.12hon3] but service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) blessing through x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fly[pres-part.f.] degree and all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) fly[pres-part.f.] degree , such x intense create[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] continue[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
392In fact, service is expanding in four directions. 393However, with the blessings from service, make your speed of the flying stage of the self and of others fast. 394This is why BapDada is constantly happy with your service.
318इसलिये बापदादा सेवा पर सदा खुश हैं . isliyē bāpdādā sēvā par sadā khuśh haĩ . isliē bāpdādā sēvā[n.f.;sg.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] sadā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . therefore BapDada service (at|other) constantly happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
395You are happy, are you not? 396You are also happy, are you not?
319आप भी खुश हो ना ? āp bhī khuśh hō nā ? āp[pn.pl.] bhī[p.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] nā ? you too happy (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) ∅ ? 320अभी 9 लाख पूरे नहीं किये हैं . abhī 9 lākh pūrē nahī̃ kiyē haĩ . ab[adv.hī] 9 lākh[x] pūrā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] karnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . now 9 100,000 full not do[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
397You have not yet created 900,000. You still have to do this.
321अभी वो करना है लेकिन फिर भी कर रहे हैं , तो जो कर रहे हैं उस पर बापदादा खुश हैं . abhī vō karnā hai lēkin phir bhī kar rahē haĩ , tō jō kar rahē haĩ us par bāpdādā khuśh haĩ . ab[adv.hī] vah[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] lēkin phir bhī[x] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , tō jō[pn.;d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] vah[pn.sg.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāpdādā khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . now that do[pres.sg.23.oblig1] but nevertheless do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] , then that do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that (at|other) BapDada happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
398You are still doing this, and so BapDada is happy to see what you are doing. 399But you still have a margin to do this.
322लेकिन अभी करने की मार्जिन है , समाप्त नहीं हुआ है . lēkin abhī karnē kī|key margin hai , samāpt nahī̃ huā hai . lēkin ab[adv.hī] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key margin hōnā[pres.sg.23] , samāpt[adj.] nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . but now do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x be[pres.sg.23] , finished not be[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
400It has not yet been completed. 401How much population do you say there is?
323अभी कितने तैयार हुए हैं ? abhī kitnē taiyār huē haĩ ? ab[adv.hī] kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ? now so x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ?
402How many have been prepared? 403(300,000).
324 ( 3 लाख ) अभी तो डबल पड़ा है . ( 3 lākh ) abhī tō double paṛā hai . ( 3 lākh[x] ) ab[adv.hī] tō double paṛnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . ( 3 100,000 ) now then double fall[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
404At present, there are still double that amount left.
325अभी एक परसेन्ट बना है , दो परसेन्ट रह गया है . abhī ēk percent banā hai , dō percent rah gayā hai . ab[adv.hī] ēk[adj.] percent bannā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , dō[adj.]|dēnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] percent rahnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] . now one % become[pres-perf.sg.m.23] , (two|give[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2]) % remain[pres-perf.sg.m.23.root+jānā] .
405You have only created one third, and twothirds still remain.
326तो देखेंगे 9 लाख का हार ( नौलखा हार ) बाप को कौन पहनाता है ? tō dēkhē̃gē 9 lākh kā hār ( naulakhā hār ) bāp kō kaun pahnātā hai ? tō dēkhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] 9 lākh[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] ( x hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hār[n.m.;sg.,d.]|hārnā[root] ) bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] kaun[pn.;d.] pahnānā[pres.sg.m.23] ? then see[fut.m.pl.12hon3] 9 100,000 of (x|x[root]) ( x (x|x[root]) ) father to who make wear[pres.sg.m.23] ?
406So, you speak of 900,000, do you not? 407So we shall see who puts this around Baba.
327कौन तैयार करता है ? kaun taiyār kartā hai ? kaun[pn.;d.] taiyār[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.m.23] ? who x do[pres.sg.m.23] ? 328अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
408We shall see who prepares this rosary.
329कर्नाटक , आन्ध्र प्रदेश - कर्नाटक में मैजारिटी स्नेही आत्मायें बहुत हैं , बाप के स्नेही मैजारिटी हैं . karnāṭak , āndhra pradēśh - karnāṭak mē̃ majority snēhī ātmāyē̃ bahut haĩ , bāp kē|K snēhī majority haĩ . karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] , āndhra[n.m.;sg.,d.] pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] - karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] majority snēhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K snēhī[adj.] majority hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . Karnataka , Andhra x - Karnataka in majority loving soul very be[pres.pl.12hon3] , father (of|K) loving majority be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
409Will those from Bombay and Poona do this? 410You are both in Maharashtra, are you not? 411So those from Maharashtra will put the garland of 900,000around Baba's neck. 412It is good.
330तो स्नेह सहज याद का साधन है . tō snēh sahaj yād kā sādhan hai . tō snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sahaj[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then love easy remembrance of facilities be[pres.sg.23] . 331और जो स्वयं स्नेही होता है वो औरों को भी सहज स्नेही बना देता है . aur jō svayã snēhī hōtā hai vō aurō̃ kō bhī sahaj snēhī banā dētā hai . aur jō[pn.;d.] svayã snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] vah[pn.;d.] aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] sahaj[adj.] snēhī[adj.] bannā[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|banānā[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā] . and that x loving be[pres.sg.m.23] that others to too easy loving (become[pres.sg.m.23.past-part+dēnā]|create[pres.sg.m.23.root+dēnā]) .
413Karnataka, Andhra Pradesh:The majority of souls in Karnataka are loving souls. 414The majority are loving to the Father. 415So, love is the easy method for remembrance.
332तो कर्नाटक को विशेष यह वरदान है वा विशेषता है . tō karnāṭak kō viśhēṣh yah vardān hai vā viśhēṣhtā hai . tō karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yah[pn.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] vā viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then Karnataka to special this blessing be[pres.sg.23] or speciality be[pres.sg.23] .
416And those who themselves are loving easily make others into loving souls.
333तो स्नेह है और स्नेह के कारण वृद्धि भी है . tō snēh hai aur snēh kē|K kāraṇ vr̥iddhi bhī hai . tō snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] bhī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . then love be[pres.sg.23] and love (of|K) because growth too be[pres.sg.23] .
417So those from Karnataka have this special blessing and speciality.
334अभी स्नेह को प्रैक्टिकल में लाते भी हो और और ज्यादा स्नेह की शक्ति से और आगे बढ़ते रहना . abhī snēh kō practical mē̃ lātē bhī hō aur aur jyādā snēh kī|key śhakti sē aur āgē baṛhtē rahnā . ab[adv.hī] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] bhī[p.] hōnā[root]|hōnā[pres.pl.2] aur aur jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key śhakti[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] aur āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . now love to practical in x[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] too (be[root]|be[pres.pl.2]) and and more love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) Shakti from and previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
418You have love and, because of love, there is also expansion. 419Now, you put this love into the practical form, and with the power of greater love, continue to move forward even more.
335तो स्नेह के कारण बाप को भूलते कम हैं लेकिन भूलते हैं तो बहुत भूलते हैं . tō snēh kē|K kāraṇ bāp kō bhūltē cum|kam haĩ lēkin bhūltē haĩ tō bahut bhūltē haĩ . tō snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] bhūlnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] cum|kam[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin bhūlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] tō bahut bhūlnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then love (of|K) because father to forget[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] (x|less) be[pres.pl.12hon3] but forget[pres.pl.m.12hon3] then very forget[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
420You do not forget the Father so much because of love, but when you do forget, you forget Him very much.
336क्यों ? kyō̃ ? kyō̃ ? why ?
421Why?
337कभी कभी भूलने के भी समाचार आते हैं . kabhī kabhī bhūlnē kē|K bhī samāchār ātē haĩ . kabhī[adv.] kabhī[adv.] bhūlnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] ānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . ever ever forget[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) too news come[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
422Baba sometimes receives news of children forgetting.
338लेकिन स्नेह की विशेषता को कभी भी छोड़ना नहीं . lēkin snēh kī|key viśhēṣhtā kō kabhī bhī chhōṛnā nahī̃ . lēkin snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] kabhī[adv.] bhī[p.] chhōṛnā[inf.m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] . but love (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality to ever too renounce[inf.m.sg.d.] not .
423However, Karnataka should never let go of the speciality of being loving.
339ये एक ड्रामानुसार कर्नाटक को विशेषता मिली हुई है , इसको यूज कर भी रहे हैं , और भी आगे अन्डरलाइन कर आगे बढ़ते रहना . yē ēk ḍrāmānusār karnāṭak kō viśhēṣhtā milī huī hai , iskō use kar bhī rahē haĩ , aur bhī āgē underline kar āgē baṛhtē rahnā . yah[pn.pl.d.] ēk[adj.] ḍrāmānusār karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , yah[pn.sg.kō] use karnā[root] bhī[p.] rahnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , aur bhī[p.] āgē underline karnā[root] āgē baṛhnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . this one x Karnataka to speciality receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] , this[.kō] use do[root] too remain[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , and too previously underline do[root] previously grow[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] remain[inf.m.sg.d.] .
424Karnataka has received this speciality according to the drama. 425You are using it, but underline it for the future and continue to move forward. 426Baba should not receive any such news from Karnataka any more. 427Are you ready in this way?
340ऐसे तैयार हैं ? aisē taiyār haĩ ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? such x be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
428Teachers, raise your hand.
341अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
429Achcha.
342टीचर्स ये समझती हैं कि आज के बाद कर्नाटक से स्नेह के बिना और कोई समाचार नहीं आयेंगे ? teachers yē samajhtī haĩ ki āj kē bād karnāṭak sē snēh kē|K binā aur kōī samāchār nahī̃ āyēṅgē ? teacher yah[pn.pl.d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ki[conj.] āj kē bād[x] karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K binā aur kōī[x] samāchār[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? teacher this understand[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that today after Karnataka from love (of|K) without someone else news not come[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
430Do the teachers think that after today there will not be any news apart from that of love from Karnataka? 431Do the teachers have this courage?
343हिम्मत है टीचर्स में ? himmat hai teachers mē̃ ? himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] teacher mē̃[postp.] ? courage be[pres.sg.23] teacher in ?
432Say yes or no! 433Achcha, Dadi Chandermani has been given Karnataka.
344हाँ बोलो या ना बोलो . hā̃ bōlō yā nā bōlō . hā̃ bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] yā nā bōlnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . yes speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] or ∅ speak[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] .
434So, do you have such a guarantee?
345अच्छा , ऐसी गैरेन्टी है ? achchhā , aisī guarantee hai ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] , aisā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] guarantee hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? achcha , such guarantee be[pres.sg.23] ? 346जो समझते हैं कि इस विशेषता को प्रैक्टिकल में लाना ही है , वो हाथ उठाओ . jō samajhtē haĩ ki is viśhēṣhtā kō practical mē̃ lānā hī hai , vō hāth uṭhāō . jō[pn.;d.] samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] yah[pn.sg.o.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kō[postp.] practical mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.sg.d.] hī[p.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , vah[pn.;d.] hāth uṭhānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] . that understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that this speciality to practical in x[inf.m.sg.d.] only be[pres.sg.23] , that raise your hands .
435Achcha, those who think that you have to put this speciality into its practical form, raise your hand. 436Whether you are teachers or students, raise your hand. 437So, is it Ha ji or Na Ji?
347अभी देखना कोई पत्र ऐसा नहीं आयेगा . abhī dēkhnā kōī patra aisā nahī̃ āyēgā . ab[adv.hī] dēkhnā[inf.m.sg.d.] kōī[pn.;d.] patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aisā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[fut.m.sg.23] . now see[inf.m.sg.d.] some x such not come[fut.m.sg.23] .
438(Ha ji). 439Now look, there will not be any such letters.
348ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
440Is this all right?
349मंजूर है ? mañjūr hai ? mañjūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? agree be[pres.sg.23] ?
441You agree to this.
350अच्छा है , स्नेही तो बहुत हैं . achchhā hai , snēhī tō bahut haĩ . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , snēhī[adj.] tō bahut hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , loving then very be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
442It is good. 443You are very loving.
351दृष्टि के इतने स्नेही हैं , भाषा नहीं समझें लेकिन स्नेह बहुत है . dr̥iṣhṭi kē|K itnē snēhī haĩ , bhāṣhā nahī̃ samajhē̃ lēkin snēh bahut hai . dr̥iṣhṭi[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K itnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] snēhī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , bhāṣhā[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] samajhnā[opt.pl.12hon3] lēkin snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] . drishti (of|K) such loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] , language not understand[opt.pl.12hon3] but love very be[pres.sg.23] .
444You have so much love for drishti. 445You may not understand the language, but you have a lot of love.
352तो बापदादा स्नेह को देख खुश होते हैं . tō bāpdādā snēh kō dēkh khuśh hōtē haĩ . tō bāpdādā snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] dēkhnā[root] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . then BapDada love to see[root] happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
446So BapDada is happy to see this love. 447However, you have to become complete.
353लेकिन सम्पूर्ण तो बनना है ना . lēkin sampūrṇ tō bannā hai nā . lēkin sampūrṇ[adj.] tō bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] nā . but complete then become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ∅ . 354तो थोड़ा भी स्नेही आत्माओं के बीच में रूकावट नहीं आनी चाहिये . tō thōṛā bhī snēhī ātmāō̃ kē|K bīch mē̃ rūkāvaṭ nahī̃ ānī chāhiyē . tō thōṛā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhī[p.] snēhī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bīch mē̃[postp.] rūkāvaṭ[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] ānā[.oblig3] . then short too loving soul (of|K) centre in obstruction not come[.oblig3] .
448There shouldn't be the slightest obstacle amidst the loving souls, because Karnataka has constantly showed plays. 449Karnataka are those who perform the play. 450So what play will you perform?
355इसलिये कर्नाटक सदा ये स्नेह का नाटक करके दिखाये . isliyē karnāṭak sadā yē snēh kā nāṭak karkē dikhāyē . isliē karnāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] sadā yah[pn.pl.d.] snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] dikhānā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] . therefore Karnataka constantly this love of play do[abs.] x[past-part.m.pl.,o.] .
451The play of love. 452Even so, BapDada sees that you are clever in expanding.
356फिर भी बापदादा देखते हैं कि वृद्धि करने में भी होशियार हैं . phir bhī bāpdādā dēkhtē haĩ ki vr̥iddhi karnē mē̃ bhī hōśhiyār haĩ . phir bhī[x] bāpdādā dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] vr̥iddhi[n.f.;sg.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . nevertheless BapDada see[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that growth do[inf.m.pl.,o.] in too clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
453So what play will you show? 454That of love. 455To be loving and to remain loving. 456Do you understand?
357लेकिन सदा स्नेही रहना और स्नेही बनाना , स्नेह का ही नाटक करना . lēkin sadā snēhī rahnā aur snēhī banānā , snēh kā hī nāṭak karnā . lēkin sadā snēhī[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.sg.d.] aur snēhī[adj.] banānā[inf.m.sg.d.] , snēh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hī[p.] nāṭak[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.sg.d.] . but constantly loving remain[inf.m.sg.d.] and loving create[inf.m.sg.d.] , love of only play do[inf.m.sg.d.] . 358समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
457Achcha. 458Andhra Pradesh:Andhra Pradesh is in connection with those from Karnataka. 459Look, Andhra has surrounded all four directions.
359अच्छा - आन्ध्रा वाले क्या कमाल करेंगे ? achchhā - āndhrā vālē kyā kamāl karē̃gē ? achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] - āndhra pradēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kyā kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ? achcha - Andhra Pradesh those who what x do[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ?
460It is towards Maharashtra and also towards Orissa. 461So what wonders will those from Andhra perform?
360सेवा में स्व उन्नति में नम्बरवन . sēvā mē̃ sva unnati mē̃ number one . sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] sva unnati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] mē̃[postp.] number one . service in x self-progress in number one .
462To claim the number one in service and in selfprogress.
361ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ?
463Is this all right?
362नम्बरवन बनना है . number one bannā hai . number one bannā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . number one become[pres.sg.23.oblig1] . 363अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
464You have to become number one.
364डबल विदेशी - डबल विदेशी क्रिसमस मनाने आये हैं , न्यु इयर मनाने आये हैं . double vidēśhī - double vidēśhī Christmas manānē āyē haĩ , new year manānē āyē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] - double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] Christmas manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , new year[x] manānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner - double foreigner x celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] , New Year celebrate[inf.m.pl.,o.] come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] .
465The double foreigners: Achcha, the double foreigners have come to celebrate Christmas and the New Year.
365तो पहले सभी डबल विदेशियों को क्रिसमस की मुबारक . tō pahlē sabhī double vidēśhiyō̃ kō Christmas kī|key mubārak . tō pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] Christmas karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] . then (x|firstly) all double foreigner to x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations . 366क्योंकि चारों ओर से कार्ड और पत्र भी बहुत आये हैं ना . kyōṅki chārō̃ ōr sē card aur patra bhī bahut āyē haĩ nā . kyōṅki chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] card aur patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] bahut ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . because everywhere from card and x too very come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
466So, first of all, greetings to all double foreigners for Christmas, because many cards and letters have come from all four directions.
367बापदादा के पास तो पोस्ट के पहले ही पहुँच जाते हैं . bāpdādā kē pās tō post kē|K pahlē hī pahũch jātē haĩ . bāpdādā kē pās[x] tō post kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . BapDada to then x (of|K) (x|firstly) only reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
467So these reach BapDada even before the post arrives. 468You send it by Air Mail and they reach BapDada via "Air Fly".
368आप लोग एयरमेल से भेजते हो ना और बापदादा के पास एयरफ्लाई से पहुँच जाते हैं . āp lōg ēyaramēl sē bhējtē hō nā aur bāpdādā kē pās ēyaraphlāī sē pahũch jātē haĩ . āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.;sg.,d.] x sē[postp.] bhējnā[pres.pl.m.2] nā aur bāpdādā kē pās[x] x sē[postp.] pahuñchnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] . you people x from x[pres.pl.m.2] ∅ and BapDada to x from reach[pres.pl.m.12hon3.root+jānā] .
469And the wave of service and selfprogress is very good in the foreign lands. 470And the majority have this very good zeal and enthusiasm.
369विदेश में भी सेवा और स्व पुरूषार्थ की लहर अच्छी चल रही है और मैजारिटी सभी के अन्दर ये उमंग बहुत अच्छा है . vidēśh mē̃ bhī sēvā aur sva purūṣhārth kī|key lahar achchhī chal rahī hai aur majority sabhī kē|K andar yē umaṅg bahut achchhā hai . vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] aur sva puruṣhārth karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key lahar[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] chalnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] aur majority sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K andar yah[pn.pl.d.] umaṅg[n.f.;sg.] bahut achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . abroad in too service and x effort (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) wave achcha continue[pres.sg.f.prog.23] and majority all (of|K) inside this zeal very achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
471Day and night, you have the one concern that the flag of Baba's glorification should be raised everywhere. 472It is the duty of the foreigners to awaken those in Bharat.
370दिन रात एक ही लगन है कि विश्व में बाप के प्रत्यक्षता का झण्डा जल्दी से जल्दी लहरायें . din rāt ēk hī lagan hai ki viśhva mē̃ bāp kē|K pratyakṣhatā kā jhaṇḍā jaldī sē jaldī laharāyē̃ . din[n.m.;sg.,d.] rāt[n.f.;sg.] ēk[adj.] hī[p.] lagan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ki[conj.] viśhva[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] jaldī sē[postp.] jaldī laharānā[opt.pl.12hon3] . day night one only love be[pres.sg.23] that world in father (of|K) revelation of flag very quickly from very quickly hoist[opt.pl.12hon3] .
473Only when you hoist the flag high will everyone's vision go there. 474BapDada even calls the double foreigners those who perform wonders.
371क्योंकि विदेशियों की ड्युटी है भारत को जगाना . kyōṅki vidēśhiyō̃ kī|key duty hai bhārat kō jagānā . kyōṅki vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key duty hōnā[pres.sg.23] bhārat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kō[postp.] jagānā[inf.m.sg.d.] . because foreigner (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) duty be[pres.sg.23] Bharat to awaken[inf.m.sg.d.] .
475So what wonders have you performed? 476You have performed the wonder of experiencing the distant to be close.
372तो ऊंचा झण्डा लहरायेंगे तब तो सबकी नजर जायेगी . tō ūñchā jhaṇḍā laharāyēṅgē tab tō sabkī najar jāyēgī . tō ūñch[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] laharānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] tab tō sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] jānā[fut.f.sg.23] . then elevated flag hoist[fut.m.pl.12hon3] for only then then everyone's glance go[fut.f.sg.23] .
477The more distant the land is, the closer you are to the heart.
373लेकिन बापदादा डबल विदेशियों को कमाल करने वाले भी कहते हैं . lēkin bāpdādā double vidēśhiyō̃ kō kamāl karnē vālē bhī kahtē haĩ . lēkin bāpdādā double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kahnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . but BapDada double foreigner to x do[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who too say[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
478You have come from all four directions. 479Achcha. 480The group from Russia has especially come.
374तो कौन सी कमाल की है ? tō kaun see|sī|C kamāl kī hai ? tō kaun[pn.;d.] see|sā[adj.ā=>ī;f.]|C kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ? then who (see|x) x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ?
481Those from Russia, raise your hand.
375दूरी को समीप अनुभव करने की कमाल की है . dūrī kō samīp anubhav karnē kī|key kamāl kī hai . dūrī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kō[postp.] samīp[adj.] anubhav[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . distance to close experience do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
482Where has the largest number come from? 483(Australia).
376जितना देश दूर है ना , इतना दिल से समीप हैं . jitnā dēśh dūr hai nā , itnā dil sē samīp haĩ . jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dūr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā , itnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] samīp[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . the more land distant be[pres.sg.23] ∅ , such heart from close be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
484Those from Australia, raise your hand. 485Even this one goes there, that is enough.
377चारों ओर से आये हैं . chārō̃ ōr sē āyē haĩ . chārō̃ ōr[x] sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . everywhere from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 378बापदादा सभी डबल विदेशियों को विशेष विशेषता का वरदान देते हैं कि सदा दिल तख्त नशीन . bāpdādā sabhī double vidēśhiyō̃ kō viśhēṣh viśhēṣhtā kā vardān dētē haĩ ki sadā dil takht naśhīn . bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] double vidēśhī[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] takht[n.m.;sg.,d.] naśhīn[adj.] . BapDada all double foreigner to special speciality of blessing give[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that constantly heart throne seated .
486Achcha, BapDada gives the double foreigners the special blessings to be constantly seated on the heart throne. 487You are in Baba's heart and Baba is in your heart. 488Those from Russia are also performing wonders.
379बाप के दिल पर आप हैं और आपके दिल पर बाप है . bāp kē|K dil par āp haĩ aur āpkē dil par bāp hai . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] āp[pn.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] aur āp[pn.pl.kē] dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . father (of|K) heart (at|other) you be[pres.pl.12hon3] and you[.kē] heart (at|other) father be[pres.sg.23] .
489You continue to move forward. 490In which aspect are those from Russia especially happy?
380रशिया वाले भी कमाल कर रहे हैं ना ! Russia vālē bhī kamāl kar rahē haĩ nā ! Russia vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] nā ! x those who too x do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ∅ !
491For which aspect do you have special happiness? 492Speak.
381आगे बढ़ते जाते हैं . āgē baṛhtē jātē haĩ . āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] . previously grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3.pres-part+jānā] .
493(That of a meeting.) 494Everyone has this happiness.
382रशिया वालों को सबसे ज्यादा किस बात की विशेष खुशी है ? Russia vālō̃ kō sabsē jyādā kis bāt kī|key viśhēṣh khuśhī hai ? Russia vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] sabsē jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] kyā[pn.sg.o.]|kaun[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣh[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? x those who to the most more (what|who) matter (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) special happiness be[pres.sg.23] ?
495However, those from Russia have this special blessing. 496(We have found Baba.)
383रशिया वालों को विशेष खुशी इस बात की है - जो स्वतन्त्रता की प्रिय इच्छा थी वो स्वतन्त्रता मिल गई . Russia vālō̃ kō viśhēṣh khuśhī is bāt kī hai - jō svatantratā kī|key priya ichchhā thī vō svatantratā mil gaī . Russia vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] yah[pn.sg.o.] bāt[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] - jō[pn.;d.] svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key priy[adj.] ichchhā[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[past.f] vah[pn.;d.] svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . x those who to special happiness this matter do[pres-perf.sg.f.23] - that freedom (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) having love for desire be[past.f] that freedom receive[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
497Everyone has found Baba. 498However, those from Russia have the special happiness that the pure desire they had of true independence is now fulfilled.
384समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
499Do you understand?
385देश के हिसाब से , आत्मा के बन्धन के हिसाब से परतन्त्र बहुत रहे और अभी स्वतन्त्र हो गये . dēśh kē|K hisāb sē , ātmā kē|K bandhan kē|K hisāb sē partantr bahut rahē aur abhī svatantr hō gayē . dēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , ātmā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hisāb[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] partantr[adj.] bahut rahnā[opt.sg.23]|rahnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] aur ab[adv.hī] svatantr[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . land (of|K) account from , soul (of|K) bondage (of|K) account from dependent very (remain[opt.sg.23]|remain[past-part.m.pl.,o.]) and now free be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . 386स्वतन्त्र है ना ! svatantr hai nā ! svatantr[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ! free be[pres.sg.23] ∅ !
500In terms of the world and in terms of the condition of the soul, you were dependent on others for a long time, and you have now become free, have you not?
387तो स्वतन्त्रता का झण्डा रशिया में लहरा रहा है . tō svatantratā kā jhaṇḍā Russia mē̃ laharā rahā hai . tō svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] Russia mē̃[postp.] laharānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . then freedom of flag x in hoist[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
501Now, the flag of independence is being hoisted in Russia.
388शिव बाबा के झण्डे के साथ सभी स्थानों पर स्वतन्त्रता का झण्डा भी लहरा रहा है . śhiv bābā kē|K jhaṇḍē kē sāth sabhī sthānō̃ par svatantratā kā jhaṇḍā bhī laharā rahā hai . śhiv bābā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K jhaṇḍā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kē sāth[x] sab[adv.hī] sthān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] par[postp.]|par[adj.] svatantratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] jhaṇḍā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] bhī[p.] laharānā[pres.sg.m.prog.23] . Shiva Baba (of|K) flag with all place (at|other) freedom of flag too hoist[pres.sg.m.prog.23] .
502Together with Shiv Baba's flag, there is the flag of independence hoisted everywhere.
389और कितने खुश होते हैं . aur kitnē khuśh hōtē haĩ . aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and so happy be[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
503And you have become so happy.
390सारे परतन्त्रता के बन्धन से मुक्त हो गये और कितना सहज सर्व प्राप्तियाँ कर ली ! sārē partantratā kē|K bandhan sē mukt hō gayē aur kitnā sahaj sarv prāptiyā̃ kar lī ! sārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] partantratā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bandhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] mukt[adj.] hōnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] aur kitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sahaj[adj.] sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] karnā[past-part.f..root+lēnā] ! the whole dependency (of|K) bondage from free be[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] and so easy all attainment do[past-part.f..root+lēnā] !
504You have become liberated from all the bondages of being dependent. 505And you have attained all attainments so easily.
391सर्व प्राप्तियाँ हो गई ना ! sarv prāptiyā̃ hō gaī nā ! sarv[adj.] prāpti[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] hōnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā ! all attainment be[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ !
506You have attained all attainments, have you not?
392 ( हाँ जी ) अच्छा है , हिम्मत भी अच्छी है . ( hā̃ jī ) achchhā hai , himmat bhī achchhī hai . ( hā̃ jī[x] ) achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . ( yes ) achcha be[pres.sg.23] , courage too achcha be[pres.sg.23] .
507Are they fulfilled? 508Say Ha ji. 509It is good. 510You have good courage.
393डबल विदेशी अपने को चलाने की हिम्मत और औरों को भी चलाने की हिम्मत अच्छी रखते हैं . double vidēśhī apnē kō chalānē kī|key himmat aur aurō̃ kō bhī chalānē kī|key himmat achchhī rakhtē haĩ . double vidēśhī[n.m.;sg.,d.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] kō[postp.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur aurō̃ kō[postp.] bhī[p.] chalānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] rakhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . double foreigner one’s own to x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage and others to too x[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) courage achcha keep[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
511Double foreigners have the courage to move forward themselves and you also have good courage in making others move along.
394और हिम्मत के कारण ही विदेश में सेवा में आगे बढ़ते हैं . aur himmat kē|K kāraṇ hī vidēśh mē̃ sēvā mē̃ āgē baṛhtē haĩ . aur himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K kāraṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] hī[p.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . and courage (of|K) because only abroad in service in previously grow[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
512It is because of courage that the foreign lands are moving forward in service.
395तो विशेष हिम्मत और मदद दोनों के पात्र आत्मायें हैं . tō viśhēṣh himmat aur madad dōnō̃ kē|K pātr ātmāyē̃ haĩ . tō viśhēṣh[adj.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur madad[n.f.;sg.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pātr[n.m.;sg.,d.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . then special courage and x x (of|K) worthy of receiving soul be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
513You are souls who are worthy to receive special courage and special help.
396देखो , लन्दन वालों ने भी हिम्मत करके म्युजियम ले लिया ना ! dēkhō , London vālō̃ nē bhī himmat karkē museum lē liyā nā ! dēkhnā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , London vālā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] bhī[p.] himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] museum lēnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] nā ! see[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2] , x those who ∅ too courage do[abs.] museum take[past-part.m.sg.d..root+lēnā] ∅ !
514Look, those from London also maintained courage and got the museum.
397चाबी मिल गई ना ! chābī mil gaī nā ! chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] nā ! key receive[past-part.f..root+jānā] ∅ !
515You have got the key, have you not?
398स्वर्ग की चाबी के पहले सेवा की चाबी मिल गई . svarg kī|key chābī kē|K pahlē sēvā kī|key chābī mil gaī . svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key chābī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] milnā[past-part.f..root+jānā] . heaven (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key (of|K) (x|firstly) service (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) key receive[past-part.f..root+jānā] .
516Before you receive the key to heaven, you have received the key for service.
399अच्छी कमाल की . achchhī kamāl kī|key . achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key . achcha x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) .
517You have performed good wonders.
400सबकी नजर जाती है कि आखिर भी ये राजयोगी हैं क्या ? sabkī najar jātī hai ki ākhir bhī yē rājyōgī haĩ kyā ? sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] nazar[n.f.;sg.] jānā[pres.sg.f.23] ki[conj.] ākhir bhī[p.] yah[pn.pl.d.] rājyōgī[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] kyā ? everyone's glance go[pres.sg.f.23] that at last too this Raja Yogi be[pres.pl.12hon3] what ?
518Everyone's vision is drawn to this "What are these Raja Yogis?
401ये गुप्त ही गुप्त क्या कर रहे हैं ? yē gupta hī gupta kyā kar rahē haĩ ? yah[pn.pl.d.] gupt[adj.] hī[p.] gupt[adj.] kyā karnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? this incognito only incognito what do[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
519What are they doing in an incognito way?"
402ऑस्ट्रेलिया या जो भी भिन्नभिन्नदेशों से आये हैं तो बापदादा सभी बच्चों को विशेष क्रिसमस की सौगात दे रहे हैं कि सदा दिल खुश मिठाई खाते रहो और खिलाते रहो . ôsṭrēliyā yā jō bhī bhinnabhinnadēśō̃ sē āyē haĩ tō bāpdādā sabhī bachchō̃ kō viśhēṣh Christmas kī|key saugāt dē rahē haĩ ki sadā dil khuśh miṭhāī khātē rahō aur khilātē rahō . x yā jō[pn.;d.] bhī[p.] x sē[postp.] ānā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] tō bāpdādā sab[adv.hī] bachchā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] Christmas karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] dēnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ki[conj.] sadā dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] khuśh[adj.] miṭhāī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] khānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] aur khilānā[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] . x or that too x from come[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] then BapDada all child to special x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift give[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] that constantly heart happy sweet eat[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] and feed[opt.pl.2,imp.pl.2.pres-part+rahnā] .
520All those who have come from Australia and all the other places, BapDada is giving all children a special gift for Christmas. 521May you constantly continue to eat the Dilkhush (happy heart) toli and feed it to others also.
403 स्वर्ग की बादशाही की सौगात तो सभी को मिली हुई है ना . svarg kī bādśhāhī kī|key saugāt tō sabhī kō milī huī hai nā . svarg kī bādśhāhī[x] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key saugāt[n.f.;sg.] tō sab[adv.hī] kō[postp.] milnā[past-part.f.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] nā . x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) gift then all to receive[past-part.f.] be[pres-perf.sg.f.23] ∅ .
522All of you have received the gift of the kingdom of heaven, have you not?
404सभी के हाथ में नई दुनिया , स्वर्ग का गोला है ना ? sabhī kē|K hāth mē̃ naī duniyā , svarg kā gōlā hai nā ? sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K hāth[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nayā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] , svarg[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] gōlā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? all (of|K) hand in new world , heaven of cycle be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
523All of you have the globe of the new world, of heaven, in your hands, do you not?
405पत्र और कार्ड भेजने में फास्ट गति वाले हैं . patra aur card bhējnē mē̃ fast gati vālē haĩ . patra[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur card bhējnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] fast gati[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . x and card x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in fast speed those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
524You are those who have a fast speed in terms of writing letters and cards.
406बापदादा समझते हैं कि अपने याद का सबूत वा निशानी भेजने में होशियार हैं . bāpdādā samajhtē haĩ ki apnē yād kā sabūt vā niśhānī bhējnē mē̃ hōśhiyār haĩ . bāpdādā samajhnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] apnā[pn.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] yād[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sabūt[n.m.;sg.,d.] vā niśhānī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] bhējnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . BapDada understand[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that one’s own remembrance of x or sign x[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
525BapDada feels that you are clever in giving a sign or proof of your remembrance. 526Are you all right? 527You are those who live in pleasure, are you not?
407ठीक है ? ṭhīk hai ? ṭhīk[adj.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] ? OK be[pres.sg.23] ? 408मौज में रहने वाले हैं ना ? mauj mē̃ rahnē vālē haĩ nā ? mauj[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] nā ? pleasure in remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] ∅ ?
528(Some foreigners were listening to the murli whilst on the floor with the FM radio).
409सभी स्थान के सिकीलधे , लाडले आत्माओं को विशेष बापदादा सम्मुख देख रहे हैं और सदा समीप रहने की विशेषता से आगे बढ़ते रहेंगे . sabhī sthān kē|K sikīladhē , lāḍlē ātmāō̃ kō viśhēṣh bāpdādā sammukh dēkh rahē haĩ aur sadā samīp rahnē kī|key viśhēṣhtā sē āgē baṛhtē rahē̃gē . sab[adv.hī] sthān[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sikīladhē[x] , lāḍlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] bāpdādā sammukh dēkhnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] aur sadā samīp[adj.] rahnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key viśhēṣhtā[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] āgē baṛhnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] . all place (of|K) beloved, long-lost and now-found , x soul to special BapDada in front of you see[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] and constantly close remain[inf.m.pl.,o.] (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) speciality from previously grow[fut.m.pl.12hon3.pres-part+rahnā] .
529Achcha, all those sitting at the front are sitting with their own equipment, are they not? 530It is good. 531This is also a sign of cleverness. 532In the same way, you are also close to the heart.
410समझा ? samjhā ? samjhānā[root]|samajhnā[past-part.m.sg.d.] ? (explain[root]|understand[past-part.m.sg.d.]) ?
533Achcha.
411अच्छा ! achchhā ! achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] ! achcha !
534This is an international group.
412चारों ओर के सर्व ब्राह्मण सो फरिश्ता , फरिश्ता सो देवता , तीनों स्वरूप के स्मृति स्वरूप आत्माओं को , सदा एक शब्द करनकरावनहार की स्मृति से स्वयं को डबल लाइट बनाने वाले श्रेष्ठ आत्माओं को , सदा देवता अर्थात् दाता बन देने वाले , सर्व खज़ानों से सम्पन्न आत्माओं को , सदा वरदानों को कर्म में लाने वाले कर्मयोगी आत्माओं को बापदादा का याद प्यार और क्रिसमस की मुबारक और नमस्ते . chārō̃ ōr kē|K sarv brāhmaṇ sō phariśhtā , phariśhtā sō dēvtā , tīnō̃ svarūp kē|K smr̥iti svarūp ātmāō̃ kō , sadā ēk śhabda karankarāvanhār kī|key smr̥iti sē svayã kō double light banānē vālē śhrēṣhṭh ātmāō̃ kō , sadā dēvtā arthāt dātā ban dēnē vālē , sarv khazānō̃ sē sampann ātmāō̃ kō , sadā vardānō̃ kō karma mē̃ lānē vālē karmayōgī ātmāō̃ kō bāpdādā kā yād pyār aur Christmas kī|key mubārak aur namastē . chārō̃ ōr[x] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sarv[adj.] brāhmaṇ[n.m.;sg.,d.] sōnā[root]|sō phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] , phariśhtā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.] sōnā[root]|sō dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] , tīnō̃[adj.] svarūp[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K smr̥iti svarūp[x] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā ēk[adj.] śhabd[n.m.;sg.,d.] karankarāvanhār karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key smr̥iti[n.f.;sg.] sē[postp.] svayã kō[postp.] double light[x] banānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] śhrēṣhṭha[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā dēvtā[n.f.;sg.] arthāt dātā[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] , sarv[adj.] khajānā[n.m.ā=>ō̃;pl.o.] sē[postp.] sampann[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] , sadā vardān[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] karm[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] lānā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] karmyōgī[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kō[postp.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] aur Christmas karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key mubārak[n.f.;sg.] aur namastē . everywhere (of|K) all Brahmin (sleep[root]|x) angel , angel (sleep[root]|x) deity , all three form (of|K) x soul to , constantly one word Karankaravanhar (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) awareness from x to double-light create[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who elevated soul to , constantly deity that is bestower (x|become[root]) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who , all treasure from full soul to , constantly blessing to deed in x[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who karma yogi soul to BapDada of remembrance love and x (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) congratulations and x . 413 ( सभी दादियाँ बापदादा के सम्मुख स्टेज पर खड़ी हैं ) ( sabhī dādiyā̃ bāpdādā kē|K sammukh stage par khaṛī haĩ ) ( sab[adv.hī] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyā̃;pl.d.] bāpdādā kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K sammukh stage par[postp.]|par[adj.] khaṛā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ) ( all Dadi BapDada (of|K) in front of you stage (at|other) standing be[pres.pl.12hon3] )
535To all the longlost and nowfoundbeloved souls, from all places, BapDada is especially seeing you personally in front of Him and you will constantly continue to move forward with the speciality of remaining personally in front of Baba. 536Do you understand? 537To all the Brahmins who are to become angels and the angels who are to become the deities, to the souls who are the embodiment of remembrance of all three forms; to the elevated souls who make themselves doublelight with the awareness of the one word "Karankaravanhar"; to those who constantly give as the deities, the bestowers; to the souls who are complete with all treasures; to the karma yogi souls who put all the blessings into practical action, BapDada's love, remembrances, Christmas greetings and namaste.
414दादी जानकी से - अच्छा है उड़ने में होशियार हो गई है . dādī jānkī sē - achchhā hai uṛnē mē̃ hōśhiyār hō gaī hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jānkī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] - achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] uṛnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] mē̃[postp.] hōśhiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] . Dadi x from - achcha be[pres.sg.23] fly[inf.m.pl.,o.] in clever be[pres-perf.sg.f.23.root+jānā] .
538Speaking to Dadi Janki: It is good. 539You have become clever in flying.
415जीवन दान मिला है . jīvan dān milā hai . jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] dān[n.m.;sg.,d.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . life donation receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . 416और जितनी सेवा करते जाते तो जीवन की तन्दुरूस्ती और बढ़ती जाती है . aur jitnī sēvā kartē jātē tō jīvan kī|key tandurūstī aur baṛhtī jātī hai . aur jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] jānā[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] tō jīvan[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tandarustī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . and the more service do[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] go[pres-part.m.pl.,o.] then life (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) health and grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] . 417क्योंकि सबकी दुआएं तन्दुरूस्त बना देती हैं . kyōṅki sabkī duāē̃ tandurūsta banā dētī haĩ . kyōṅki sabkā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] tandarūst[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] . because everyone's blessing x create[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+dēnā] .
540You have received the donation of life and the more service you do, the more your health improves, because everyone's blessings make you healthy.
418बाप की तो मदद है ही लेकिन दुआयें जवान बना रही हैं . bāp kī|key tō madad hai hī lēkin duāyē̃ javān banā rahī haĩ . bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key tō madad[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] hī[p.] lēkin duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] javān[adj.] banānā[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] . father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) then x be[pres.sg.23] only but blessing young create[pres.pl.f.prog.12hon3] .
541You have the Father's help anyway, but the blessings are making you younger.
419जब किसको दुआयें मिलती हैं ना , या कोई भी खुशी , शान्ति की प्राप्ति होती है तो मुख से , दिल से यही दुआयें होती हैं कि हमारी आयु आपको लग जाये . jab kiskō duāyē̃ miltī haĩ nā , yā kōī bhī khuśhī , śhānti kī|key prāpti hōtī hai tō mukh sē , dil sē yahī duāyē̃ hōtī haĩ ki hamārī āyu āpkō lag jāyē . jab kaun[pn.sg.kō] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] nā , yā kōī bhī[x] khuśhī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] , śhānti karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key prāpti[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.f.23] tō mukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] , dil[n.m.;sg.,d.] sē[postp.] yahī[pn.;d.] duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] āyu[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] lagnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . when who[.kō] blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ∅ , or anyone happiness , peace (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) attainment be[pres.sg.f.23] then mouth from , heart from this blessing be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] that we[.kī] x you[.kō] x[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
542It is good. 543Dadi Chandermani:This one has also been on a tour. 544Your name has become fixed amongst those who are the rulers of the globe. 545It is good.
420कार्ड में भी क्या भेजते हैं कि हमारी आयु आपको मिल जाये . card mē̃ bhī kyā bhējtē haĩ ki hamārī āyu āpkō mil jāyē . card mē̃[postp.] bhī[p.] kyā bhējnā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] ki[conj.] ham[pn.pl.kī] āyu[n.f.;sg.] āp[pn.pl.kō] milnā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] . card in too what x[pres.pl.m.12hon3] that we[.kī] x you[.kō] receive[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] .
546Your service is revealing the future. 547It is doing this, is it not?
421तो आप एक चक्र में हजारों की सेवा करते हो तो यही जार गुणा दुआयें मिल जाती हैं . tō āp ēk chakra mē̃ hajārō̃ kī|key sēvā kartē hō tō yahī jār guṇā duāyē̃ mil jātī haĩ . tō āp[pn.pl.] ēk[adj.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] hazār[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key sēvā[n.f.;sg.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2] tō yahī[pn.;d.] x guṇā duā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] milnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] . then you one (cycle|x) in 1000 (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) service do[pres.pl.m.2] then this x fold blessing receive[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] .
548Baba would not mention any names, that this one is this, but service itself is revealing this. 549How many rulers of the globe have been prepared?
422अच्छा है , सभी अपनी अपनी सेवा अच्छी करते रहते हो . achchhā hai , sabhī apnī apnī sēvā achchhī kartē rahtē hō . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sab[adv.hī] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] apnā[pn.ā=>ī;f.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] karnā[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , all one’s own one’s own service achcha do[pres.pl.m.2.pres-part+rahnā] . 423सभी का दादियों में शुभ मोह है ना ? sabhī kā dādiyō̃ mē̃ śhubh mōh hai nā ? sab[adv.hī] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] dādī[n.f.ī=>iyō̃;pl.o.] mē̃[postp.] śhubh[adj.] mōh[n.f.;sg.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? all of Dadi in pure and positive attachment be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ?
550Many souls become content in the one tour, and so that tour was filled with the blessing of being a ruler of the globe.
424साधारण मोह तो नहीं है ना . sādhāraṇ mōh tō nahī̃ hai nā . sādhāraṇ[adj.] mōh[n.f.;sg.] tō nahī̃[neg] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā . ordinary attachment then not be[pres.sg.23] ∅ .
551So how many souls become content? 552Many.
425दुःख देने वाला मोह नहीं , सुख देने वाला . duḥkh dēnē vālā mōh nahī̃ , sukh dēnē vālā . duḥkh[n.m.;sg.,d.]|duḥkhnā[root] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mōh[n.f.;sg.] nahī̃[neg] , sukh[n.m.;sg.,d.] dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . (sorrow|hurt[root]) give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who attachment not , happiness give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
553The more your life increases, the more you have to tour around.
426लेकिन जितना मोह , उतने ही निर्मोही . lēkin jitnā mōh , utnē hī nirmōhī . lēkin jitnā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] mōh[n.f.;sg.] , utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] nirmōhī[adj.] . but the more attachment , x only x . 427न्यारे भी और प्यारे भी . nyārē bhī aur pyārē bhī . nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] bhī[p.] . unique too and loving too . 428ऐसे है ना ? aisē hai nā ? aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] nā ? such be[pres.sg.23] ∅ ? 429कि सिर्फ प्यारे हैं , न्यारे नहीं ? ki sirph pyārē haĩ , nyārē nahī̃ ? ki[conj.] sirph[adj.] pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] , nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] nahī̃[neg] ? that only loving be[pres.pl.12hon3] , unique not ?
554Dadi Janki (again): When someone receives blessings, or when anyone has the attainment of happiness and peace, the blessings that emerge from their lips is that they give you their life.
430न्यारे और प्यारे दोनों का बैलेन्स रखने वाले . nyārē aur pyārē dōnō̃ kā balance rakhnē vālē . nyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] aur pyārā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] dōnō̃ kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] balance rakhnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] . unique and loving x of balance keep[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who .
555What do they send in the cards? 556That they are giving you their life.
431ये भी ड्रामा में आदि से विशेष आत्माओं का निमित्त बनने का पार्ट है . yē bhī drama mē̃ ādi sē viśhēṣh ātmāō̃ kā nimitt bannē kā part hai . yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] drama mē̃[postp.] ādi[adj.] sē[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ō̃;pl.o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . this too drama in etc. from special soul of instrument become[inf.m.pl.,o.] of part be[pres.sg.23] .
557You serve thousands in one tour and so you receive blessings a thousandfold. 558It is good.
432पालना ली भी बहुत है , जितनी आप लोगों ने पालना ली है डायरेक्ट बाप की , उतनी इन्होंने तो नहीं ली है . pālnā lī bhī bahut hai , jitnī āp lōgō̃ nē pālnā lī hai direct bāp kī|key , utnī inhōnnē tō nahī̃ lī hai . pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēnā[past-part.f.] bhī[p.] bahut hōnā[pres.sg.23] , jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āp[pn.pl.] log[n.m.+ō̃;pl.o.] nē[postp.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] direct bāp[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key , utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] yah[pn.pl.nē] tō nahī̃[neg] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] . (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) take[past-part.f.] too very be[pres.sg.23] , the more you people ∅ (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] direct father (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) , x this[.nē] then not take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] .
559All of you are continuing to do your own service very well. 560All of you have pure attachment to the Dadis, do you not? 561You do not have ordinary attachment, do you?
433तो जितनी पालना ली है उतनी पालना करने का पार्ट भी मिला है . tō jitnī pālnā lī hai utnī pālnā karnē kā part bhī milā hai . tō jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] lēnā[pres-perf.sg.f.23] utnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] pālnā[n.m.ā=>ā;sg.d.]|pālnā[inf.m.sg.d.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] part[n.m.;sg.,d.] bhī[p.] milnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23] . then the more (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) take[pres-perf.sg.f.23] x (x|sustenance[inf.m.sg.d.]) do[inf.m.pl.,o.] of part too receive[pres-perf.sg.m.23] .
562You do not have the attachment that gives sorrow, but attachment that gives happiness.
434तो सब खुश हैं ? tō sab khuśh haĩ ? tō sab[adj.] khuśh[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] ? then all happy be[pres.pl.12hon3] ?
563Do you have a lot of this?
435हजार साल सभी की आयु बन जाये ! hajār sāl sabhī kī|key āyu ban jāyē ! hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] sab[adv.hī] karnā[past-part.f.]|kā[postp.ā=>ī;f.]|key āyu[n.f.;sg.] bannā[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! 1000 year all (do[past-part.f.]|of|key) x become[past-part.m.pl.,o..root+jānā] ! 436हजार साल ! hajār sāl ! hazār[n.m.;sg.,d.] sāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] ! 1000 year !
564The more attachment you have, the more free from attachment you are.
437घर नहीं जाना है ? ghar nahī̃ jānā hai ? ghar[n.m.;sg.,d.] nahī̃[neg] jānnā[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|jānā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? home not (know[pres-perf.sg.m.23]|go[pres.sg.23.oblig1]) ?
565You are loving and detached.
438पुरानी दुनिया में ही रहना है ? purānī duniyā mē̃ hī rahnā hai ? purānā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] duniyā[n.f.;sg.] mē̃[postp.] hī[p.] rahnā[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ? old world in only remain[pres.sg.23.oblig1] ?
566You are like this, are you not?
439अच्छा है , यह म्युजियम भी कमाल करेगा . achchhā hai , yah museum bhī kamāl karēgā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , yah[pn.sg.d.] museum bhī[p.] kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[fut.m.sg.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , this museum too x do[fut.m.sg.23] .
567Or, are you just loving and not detached.
440ये है दृढ़ता का प्रत्यक्ष स्वरूप . yē hai dr̥iṛhtā kā pratyakṣha svarūp . yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] pratyakṣha svarūp[x] . this be[pres.sg.23] determination of x .
568You are those who keep the balance of being both loving and detached.
441तो दृढ़ता सफलता के लिये असम्भव से भी सम्भव करा देती है . tō dr̥iṛhtā saphaltā kē|K liyē asambhav sē bhī sambhav karā dētī hai . tō dr̥iṛhtā[n.f.;sg.] saphaltā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K lēnā[past-part.m.pl.,o.] asambhav[adj.] sē[postp.] bhī[p.] sambhav[adj.] karānā[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] . then determination success (of|K) take[past-part.m.pl.,o.] impossible from too x make commit[pres.sg.f.23.root+dēnā] .
569It is also a part of the souls of the beginning to be special instruments.
442हिम्मत वाले हैं . himmat vālē haĩ . himmat[n.m.;sg.,d.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . courage those who be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
570You have taken a lot of sustenance.
443तो सभी जो विशेष निमित्त बने हैं उन्हों को विशेष याद प्यार . tō sabhī jō viśhēṣh nimitt banē haĩ unhō̃ kō viśhēṣh yād pyār . tō sab[adv.hī] jō[pn.;d.] viśhēṣh[adj.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] bannā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] vah[pn.pl.o.] kō[postp.] viśhēṣh[adj.] yād[n.f.;sg.] pyār[n.m.;sg.,d.] . then all that special instrument become[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] that to special remembrance love .
571These people have not had the direct sustenance from Baba that you received.
444यह भी सेवा का अच्छा साधन है , कोई न कोई निमित्त बन अपना भाग्य बनाते हैं . yah bhī sēvā kā achchhā sādhan hai , kōī na kōī nimitt ban apnā bhāgya banātē haĩ . yah[pn.sg.d.] bhī[p.] sēvā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sādhan[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , kōī na kōī[x] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] ban[n.m.;sg.,d.]|bannā[root] apnānā[root]|apnā[pn.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] bhāgya[n.m.;sg.,d.] banānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . this too service of achcha facilities be[pres.sg.23] , one .. or another instrument (x|become[root]) (adopt[root]|one’s own) x create[pres.pl.m.12hon3] .
572So, you have also received the part of sustaining others to the same extent that you have taken sustenance.
445देने वाले पहले ही ड्रामा में नूँधे हुए हैं . dēnē vālē pahlē hī drama mē̃ nū̃dhē huē haĩ . dēnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] vālā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] pahlā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|pahlē[adv.] hī[p.] drama mē̃[postp.] x hōnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . give[inf.m.pl.,o.] those who (x|firstly) only drama in x be[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] . 446अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
573May everyone's life become as long as a thousand years.
447चन्द्रमणि दादी से - ये भी चक्र लगाकर आई . chandramaṇi dādī sē - yē bhī chakra lagākar eye|āī|I . chandramaṇi[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] sē[postp.] - yah[pn.pl.d.] bhī[p.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] lagānā[abs.] eye|ānā[past-part.f.]|I . Chandermani Dadi from - this too (cycle|x) attach[abs.] (eye|come[past-part.f.]|x) .
574A thousand years. 575Do you not wish to go back home?
448चक्रवर्ता राजा में नाम पक्का हो गया ना . cakravartā rājā mē̃ nām pakkā hō gayā nā . x rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] pakkā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] nā . x king in name firm be[past-part.m.sg.d..root+jānā] ∅ .
576Do you just wish to remain in the old world? 577It is good.
449अच्छा है , सेवा भविष्य को प्रत्यक्ष कर रही है . achchhā hai , sēvā bhaviṣhya kō pratyakṣha kar rahī hai . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] , sēvā[n.f.;sg.] bhaviṣhya[adj.] kō[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . achcha be[pres.sg.23] , service future to visible do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
578This museum will also work wonders. 579This is the practical form of determination.
450नाम तो नहीं लेंगे ना कि ये ये हैं लेकिन सेवा स्वयं में प्रत्यक्ष कर रही है . nām tō nahī̃ lē̃gē nā ki yē yē haĩ lēkin sēvā svayã mē̃ pratyakṣha kar rahī hai . nām[n.m.;sg.,d.] tō nahī̃[neg] lēnā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] nā ki[conj.] yah[pn.pl.d.] yah[pn.pl.d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] lēkin sēvā[n.f.;sg.] svayã mē̃[postp.] pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . name then not take[fut.m.pl.12hon3] ∅ that this this be[pres.pl.12hon3] but service x in visible do[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
580Determination changes even the impossible to possible and makes you attain success.
451कितने चक्रवर्ता राजा तैयार हो रहे हैं ? kitnē cakravartā rājā taiyār hō rahē haĩ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] x rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] taiyār[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ? so x king x be[pres.pl.m.prog.12hon3] ?
581It is good. 582You have courage.
452एक चक्र में अनेक आत्मायें सन्तुष्ट हो जाती हैं तो उस चक्र में चक्रवर्ता राजा का वरदान होता है . ēk chakra mē̃ anēk ātmāyē̃ santuṣhṭ hō jātī haĩ tō us chakra mē̃ cakravartā rājā kā vardān hōtā hai . ēk[adj.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] anēk[adj.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] tō vah[pn.sg.o.] chakra, chakkar[n.m.;sg.,d.]|chakra[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] x rājā[n.m.;sg.,d.] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] vardān[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.m.23] . one (cycle|x) in many soul content be[pres.pl.f.12hon3.root+jānā] then that (cycle|x) in x king of blessing be[pres.sg.m.23] .
583So, give special love and remembrances to all those who have become special instruments. 584It is a good means of service.
453कितनी आत्मायें सन्तुष्ट होती हैं ? kitnī ātmāyē̃ santuṣhṭ hōtī haĩ ? kitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] ātmā[n.f.+ē̃;pl.d.] santuṣhṭ[adj.] hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ? so soul content be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] ?
585One or another becomes an instrument and creates his fortune.
454बहुत होती हैं . bahut hōtī haĩ . bahut hōnā[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . very be[pres.pl.f.12hon3] . 455जितनी आयु बढ़ती जाती है उतने ज्यादा चक्र लगाते हैं . jitnī āyu baṛhtī jātī hai utnē jyādā chakra lagātē haĩ . jitnā[adj.ā=>ī;f.] āyu[n.f.;sg.] baṛhnā[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] utnā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] jyādā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] chakra lagānā[pres.pl.m.12hon3] . the more x grow[pres.sg.f.23.pres-part+jānā] x more be around the cycle .
586Those who are to give are already fixed in the drama. 587Achcha. 588Speaking to Dadiji Is everything all right?
456दादी जी - अभी मेले का सोच रही है . dādī jī - abhī mēlē kā sōch rahī hai . dādī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] jīnā[past-part.f.]|jīnā[root]|jī[x] - ab[adv.hī] mēlā[x] kā[postp.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] sōchnā[pres.sg.f.prog.23] . Dadi (live[past-part.f.]|live[root]|ji) - now fair of think[pres.sg.f.prog.23] .
589Are you now thinking about the mela?
457दिल्ली और बाम्बे के भी बैठे हैं ना . dillī aur bāmbē kē|K bhī baiṭhē haĩ nā . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur bāmbē kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] baiṭhnā[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] nā . Delhi and Bombay (of|K) too sit[pres-perf.pl.m.12hon3] ∅ .
590Those from Delhi and Bombay are also sitting here.
458कमाल करके ही दिखायेंगे . kamāl karkē hī dikhāyēṅgē . kamāl[n.m.;sg.,d.] karnā[abs.] hī[p.] dikhānā[fut.m.pl.12hon3] . x do[abs.] only x[fut.m.pl.12hon3] .
591You will definitely show wonders.
459दिल्ली और बाम्बे निमित्त हैं ही . dillī aur bāmbē nimitt haĩ hī . dēhlī[n.f.ī=>ī;sg.] aur bāmbē nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] hī[p.] . Delhi and Bombay instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] only .
592Delhi and Bombay are instruments anyway.
460स्थापना के भी निमित्त हैं तो प्रत्यक्षता के भी निमित्त हैं . sthāpanā kē|K bhī nimitt haĩ tō pratyakṣhatā kē|K bhī nimitt haĩ . sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] tō pratyakṣhatā[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.pl.12hon3] . establishment (of|K) too instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] then revelation (of|K) too instrument be[pres.pl.12hon3] .
593They are instruments for the establishment and also for the revelation.
461ऐसे ही विदेश में लन्दन , स्थापना के भी निमित्त है और प्रत्यक्ष करने के भी निमित्त है . aisē hī vidēśh mē̃ London , sthāpanā kē|K bhī nimitt hai aur pratyakṣha karnē kē|K bhī nimitt hai . aisā[adj.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.] hī[p.] vidēśh[n.m.;sg.,d.] mē̃[postp.] London , sthāpanā, sthāpan[n.f.;sg.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] aur pratyakṣh[adj.] karnā[inf.m.pl.,o.] kā[postp.ā=>ē;m.o.,m.pl.]|K bhī[p.] nimitt[n.m.;sg.,d.] hōnā[pres.sg.23] . such only abroad in x , establishment (of|K) too instrument be[pres.sg.23] and visible do[inf.m.pl.,o.] (of|K) too instrument be[pres.sg.23] . 462अच्छा . achchhā . achchhā[adj.ā=>ā;m.sg.d.] . achcha .
594In the same way, in foreign lands, London is instrumental for the establishment and the revelation. 595Achcha. 596* * * O MS H A N T I * * *